Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Balticare - Product and Application Handbook EU-Vol II
Balticare - Product and Application Handbook EU-Vol II
Balticare - Product and Application Handbook EU-Vol II
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F
Thermal Storage Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TSU - F
Technical Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G
Connection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Materials of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Selection Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
The Value of Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Selection of Remote Sump Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Filtration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Sound Reduction Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Fundamentals of Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Plume Abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Formulas and Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Application Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR - G
T
a
b
l
e
o
f
C
o
n
t
e
n
t
s
Table of Contents
A1
Handbook Resources
Color Coded Sections
Vertical Identification Bars
Sectional Icons
Open Cooling Towers
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
Water Conserving Hybrid Wet-Dry Products
Evaporative Condensers
ICE CHILLER
Product Information
Selections
Equipment Specifications
Technical Information
Corrosion Protection
System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip galvanised
steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) process with
an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, hybrid polymer fuse-
bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated curing stage and
monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant
fibreglass reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimise maintenance
requirements and prolong equipment life.
(Alternate 1.3) Type 304 or 316 Stainless Steel Construction: All
structural members, including the structural frame, hot and cold water
basins, distribution covers and fan deck shall be constructed of Type
304 or 316 stainless steel and assembled with stainless steel nut and
bolt fasteners. Fan cylinder shall be galvanised steel protected with
the Baltibond Corrosion Protection System.
Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant
fibreglass reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimise maintenance
requirements and prolong equipment life.
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall have
a Management System certified by an accredited registrar as
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure
consistent quality of products and services.
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Structure: The cooling tower shall be constructed with a sturdy
structural frame designed to transmit all wind and mechanical loads
to the equipment anchorage. The frame shall be constructed of
heavy-gauge steel angles and channels.
2.2 Casing Panels: Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion
and UV-resistant fibreglass reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimise
maintenance requirements and prolong equipment life.
2.3 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be constructed of
heavy-gauge steel panels and structural members. The basin shall
include a sloping depressed section with drain/clean-out connection.
The basin area under the wet deck surface shall be sloped toward the
depressed section to facilitate cleaning. Standard basin accessories
shall include a brass make-up valve with a large diameter plastic float
for easy adjustment of operating water level.
(Alternate 2.3) Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Type 304 or 316 stainless steel panels
and structural members. The basin shall include a depressed centre
section with drain/clean-out connection. The basin area under the wet
deck surface shall be sloped toward the depressed section to
facilitate cleaning. Standard basin accessories shall include a brass
make-up valve with a large diameter plastic float for easy adjustment
of operating water level.
2.4 Water Outlet: The cooling tower basin outlet shall be beveled for
welding. The outlet shall be provided with large area lift out strainers
with perforated openings sized smaller than the water distribution
nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air entrainment. The
strainer and vortex device shall be constructed of the same materials
as the cold water basin to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion.
2.5 Water Distribution System: Hot water distribution basins shall
be the open gravity type and constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 hot-
dip galvanized steel. Basin weirs and plastic metering orifices shall be
provided to ensure even distribution of water over the wet deck
surface. Lift-off distribution covers shall be constructed of heavy-
gauge Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized steel.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow with aluminum
alloy blades selected to provide optimum cooling tower thermal
performance with minimal sound levels. Air shall discharge through a
fan cylinder designed for streamlined air entry and minimum tip
clearance for maximum fan efficiency. The top of the fan cylinder shall
be equipped with a conical, non-sagging removable fan guard.
(Alternate 3.1) Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be of Whisper Quiet fan design
for ultra low sound consisting of multi-blade aerofoil fan design
constructed of fibreglass reinforced plastic blades.
3.2. Bearings: Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by heavy-duty,
self-aligning, grease-packed ball bearings with moisture proof seals
and integral slinger collars, designed for a minimum L10 life of 40 000
hours (280 000 Hr. Avg. Life).
3.3. Fan Drive: The fan(s) shall be belt driven with taper lock
sheaves. The belts shall be constructed of neoprene reinforced
polyester cord and be specifically designed for cooling tower service.
3.4. Sheaves: Fan and motor sheave(s) shall be fabricated from
corrosion-resistant materials to minimize maintenance and ensure
maximum drive and powerband operating life.
3.5. Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type designed
specifically for cooling tower service. The motor shall be furnished
with special moisture protection on windings, shafts and bearings.
4.0 BACross II Wet Deck Surface and Integral Drift Eliminators
4.1 BACross II Wet Deck Surface and Drift Eliminators: The wet
deck surface and integral drift eliminators shall be formed from self-
extinguishing plastic material and shall be impervious to rot, decay,
fungus and biological attack. The wet deck shall be suitable for
entering water temperatures up to 50C. The wet deck surface shall
be manufactured, tested, and rated by the cooling tower
manufacturer and shall be elevated above the cold water basin to
facilitate cleaning.
S3000D - B 22
S
3
0
0
0
D
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
5.0 Combined Inlet Shield Technology
5.1. Combined Inlet Shields: Combined inlet shields shall be
separate from the wet deck surface and removable to allow easy
access for inspection of the air/water interface at the air inlet side of
the equipment. Combined inlet shields shall prevent UV-light and
debris from entering the unit, as well as prevent water splash out
during fan cycling. They shall be constructed of maintenance free,
corrosion and UV resistant material.
6.0 Access
6.1 Plenum Access: Two hinged access doors shall be provided for
access into the plenum section.
7.0 Sound
7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
(Alternate) 7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local
environment, the cooling tower shall be furnished with an extremely
low sound fan Type Whisper Quiet. Maximum sound pressure levels
(dB) measured 15 m from the cooling tower operating at full fan speed
shall not exceed the sound levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Open Cooling Towers
TXV - B 1
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
TXV
Product Detail
TXV Open Cooling Tower ........................................................................ B2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... B4
Construction Details .................................................................................. B6
Custom Features and Options .................................................................. B7
Accessories ................................................................................................. B9
Engineering Data ...................................................................................... B11
Structural Support .................................................................................. B14
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... B15
TXV - B 2
T
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
TXV Open Cooling Tower
Capacity
Single Cell Capacity:
10 - 128 l/s
General Description
Series 1500 Cooling Towers minimize the operating, installation, and maintenance costs
associated with both new and replacement cooling tower projects. The Series 1500 delivers fully
rated thermal performance over a wide range of flow and temperature requirements. Standard
design features minimize the costs associated with enclosures, support requirements, electrical
service, piping, and rigging.
Key Features
Ideal replacement unit
Single side air inlet
Low energy consumption
Low installed cost
Easy maintenance
Reliable year-round operation
Long service life
TXV - B 3
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
TXV - B 4
T
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Ideal Replacement Unit
Support Steel Units are designed to mount
directly on the existing support steel of many
cooling towers (both cross flow and counter
flow).
Electrical Service Fan motor configurations
can be supplied to match existing wiring.
Enclosures Units fit in most existing
enclosures with little or no modifications due to
the single air inlet design.
Low Energy Consumption
Evaporative Cooling Equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system
because it provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving
natural resources and reducing environmental impact.
TXV provides heat rejection at the lowest possible energy input and maintenance requirements
via:
- High efficiency, low kW axial fans
- High efficiency BACross
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric
hot-dip galvanised steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat,
rinse, dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting,
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally
activated curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance
program.
(Alternate 1.3) Type 304 or 316 Stainless Steel Construction: All
steel panels and structural members, including the structural frame,
hot and cold water basins, distribution covers and fan deck shall be
constructed of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel and assembled with
stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners. The fan cylinder shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric hot-dip galvanised steel and
protected with the BALTIBOND
Corrosion
Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip
galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry)
process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, hybrid
polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated
curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall have
a Management System certified by an accredited registrar as
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure
consistent quality of products and services.
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1. Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be constructed of
heavy-gauge Z600 hot-dip galvanized steel. Standard accessories
shall include circular access doors, large-area, lift-out hot-dip
galvanized steel strainers with perforated openings sized smaller
than water distribution nozzle orifices, an integral anti-vortexing hood
to prevent air entrainment, and a brass make-up valve with large
diameter plastic float, arranged for easy adjustment.
2.3. Water Distribution System: Hot water distribution basin shall be
open gravity type and constructed of heavy-gauge, Z600 hot-dip
galvanized steel. Basin weirs and plastic metering orifices shall be
provided to assure even distribution of water over the wet deck
surface. Lift-off distribution cover shall be constructed of heavy-
gauge, Z600 hot-dip galvanized steel.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow type. Air shall be
drawn into the tower through a fan cylinder designed for streamlined
air entry and minimum fan blade tip clearance for maximum fan
efficiency.
3.2. Bearings: Fan(s) shall be mounted on a horizontal solid steel
shaft supported by two heavy-duty, self-aligning, relubricatable ball
bearings with cast iron housings and designed for minimum L10 life
of 40 000 hours (280 000 Hr. Avg. Life). Extended lubrication lines are
provided for ease of maintenance.
3.3. Fan Drive: Fan(s) shall be driven by V-belts and all moving parts
shall be protected by removable steel screens that shall ship installed
on the unit.
3.4. Fan Motor(s): Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing type, designed
specifically for cooling tower service. The motor shall be furnished
with special moisture protection on windings, shafts and bearings.
4.0 BACross Wet Deck Surface and Drift Eliminators
4.1. Wet Deck Surface and drift Eliminators: The wet deck surface
and integral drift eliminators shall be impervious to rot, decay, and
fungus or biological attack. The wet deck surface shall be
manufactured and performance tested by the cooling tower
manufacturer to provide single source responsibility and assure
control of the final product.
5.0 Access
5.1 Basin Access: Circular access doors shall be provided for easy
access to the make-up water assembly and suction strainer for
routine maintenance.
6.0 Sound
6.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Top
Open Cooling Towers
RCT - B 1
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
RCT
.
Product Detail
RCT Open Cooling Tower ........................................................................ B2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... B4
Construction Details .................................................................................. B8
Custom Features and Options ................................................................ B10
Accessories ................................................................................................ B11
Engineering Data ..................................................................................... B12
Structural Support .................................................................................. B16
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... B19
RCT - B 2
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
RCT Open Cooling Tower
Capacity
Single Cell Capacity:
40 145 l/s
General Discription
Commercial applications demand reliable, cost effective and energy efficient solutions. With an
ever increasing focus on operational reliability and ease of maintenance. It is paramount that
cooling equipment be also easy to inspect, clean & maintain. The RCT cooling tower responds to
all these requirements thanks to built-in design features.
Industrial applications face unique challenges in their processes with varying site conditions. The
RCT cooling tower provides solutions to these challenges by reducing the cost of plant design,
construction, operation and on-going maintenance, whilst improving the standard of quality and
construction, required by medium to heavy industry.
Key Features
Total Lower Installation Costs
Low Noise
Low Height
Superior Pultruded Composite Construction
Superior Maintenance and Cleaning Possibilities
RCT - B 3
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
RCT - B 4
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Total Lower Installation Costs
Single or multiplexed configurations, common or segmented basins, partitioned or extended air
inlets and increased capacity control steps, all are but a few examples of the flexible modular
cooling tower design.
The tower can be shipped directly from the factory as a fully assembled unit, as unit modules or
knocked down, to suit diverse and often restricted on-site conditions.
The low shipping weights and modular shipping
options reduce transport and crane costs. Lifting
lugs, provided as standard, offer secure fixing
points for safe crane lifts. Lower installation costs
are achieved due to flanged inlet-outlet
connections, solvent welded drain connections
and threaded make-up, overflow and quick-fill
connections.
Low Noise
The use of high efficiency axial fans as standard,
a smooth faced streamlined air entry fan cylinder
and a minimum tip clearance, all translate into a
low air inlet velocity which in turn ensures noise
levels are minimised. Varying fan powers can
also be achieved within a nominal tower size.
Modular Design Factory Assembled
Total Lower Installation Cost
Low Noise Axial Fan
RCT - B 5
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Low Height
The tower has been designed as a low height counter-flow cooling tower able to accommodate
height sensitive sites, reduce pump head and provide easy access to all of its components.
Superior Pultruded Composite Construction
The use of high strength Pultruded Composite components for primary structure and cladding,
offers many advantages over conventional hand laid or chopped strand fibreglass construction
methods. Pultruded composites possess a superior strength to weight ratio of up to five times that
of chopped strand fibreglass.
Superior Maintenance and Cleaning Possibilities
Access to complete unit interior - The large access panel is fitted with easily removable
knobs. Removing the access panel does not require any tools or dismantling of the tower
structure, providing unequalled access to all of the internal cooling tower components for
inspection, cleaning and maintenance.
Basin Accessible from all Sides - Removal of the louvers, requiring no tools, provides access
to all sides of the smooth faced cold water basin for inspection, cleaning and maintenance.
Low Height Strenght Pultruded Composite
Large Access Door Easy Access to Basin
RCT - B 6
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Easy Access to Float Valve - Access to and adjustment of the float valve is simplified. The
stainless steel suction strainer can easily be inspected, removed and cleaned inside.
Removable Fill - The fill medium can easily be removed for cleaning thanks in part to the ample
accessibility, gained by removal of the access panel, and to the easy to handle removable fill
blocks.
Removable Spray System - Cleaning and inspection of the spray system can be performed in
situ or by removing the spray branch arms. No tools are required for the removal of the branch
arms or the individual water distribution nozzles.
Removable Eliminators - Removal of high efficiency drift eliminators can be accomplished
easily without the removal of other internal components or by having to dismantle the tower
structure. The eliminators rest on supports specifically designed to this purpose.
Easy Access to Float Valve Removable Fill
Removable Spray system Removable Eliminators
RCT - B 7
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Motor Outside Airstream - Units larger than model 2142 include an adjustable motor base
plate for belt tensioning, extended lubrication lines with externally mounted grease nipples are
provided, as standard to ease of scheduled maintenance. Smaller units are supplied as direct
drive units.
Easy Access to Drives - Removal of the fan screen for access to belts and drives is not
required. These drive components are easily accessible through the specially designed belt
guard for inspection adjustment or replacement purposes.
Motor Outside Airstream Easy Access to Drives
RCT - B 8
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Construction Details
1. Fan
Aluminium Axial Fans
Small tip clearance tolerance
Low air inlet velocity
Minimum Noise
2. Drive Train
Easy access to drives and belts for inspection and adjustment.
Stainless steel shaft.
Corrosion resistant cast aluminium sheaves
Heavy-duty bearings
3. Motor
Models RCT-2118 and 2129 utilise direct drive motor.
Larger units have the fan motor outside of the moist discharge air stream and use belt drives.
Belts provide reliability and long service life with low maintenance requirements
RCT - B 9
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
4. Drift Eliminators
UV resistant non-corrosive material, impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
Three distinct changes in air direction to reduce drift loss significantly
Assembled in easy to handle sections, which can be removed for access to the equipment
interior
5. Access Door (not shown)
The larger access door is easily removable to provide complete access to drift eliminators,
spray system and fill
Larger units are equipped with anchor points to secure door when removed
6. Fill
The fill is impervious to rot, decay and resistant to fungus or biological attacks
It consists of high efficiency cross-fluted sheets, solvent welded into lightweight blocks
Blocks are sized for easy handling and removal for cleaning.
7. Water Distribution System
Low pressure, stationery type nozzles
Heavy duty PVC spray branches are grommeted to facilitate removal and cleaning
8. Cold Water Basin
The cold water basin is made of fibreglass reinforced polyester (FRP) and extra reinforced in
critical areas.
Sloped basin sides with smooth internal finish for easy cleaning.
9. Strainer
Stainless steel construction, anti-vortex design.
10. Make-up Assembly
Adjustable water make-up assembly, over flow and quick fill connections are supplied standard.
11. Connections
Flanged inlet and outlet connections
Threaded make-up, overflow and quick fill connections
12. Combined Inlet Shields
Removal of the combined inlet shields provides access to all sides of the cold water basin for
inspection, cleaning and maintenance.
13. Roofdeck
Smooth faced air entry fan cylinders
Close manufacturing tolerances allow small tip clearance providing an increased efficiency.
RCT - B 10
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Custom Features and Options
Construction Options
Standard construction: High strenght pultruded composite components for the primary structure
combined with patented bonded panel to post connection.
Fan Drive System
High efficiency fans with direct drive motors for models RCT-2118 and RCT-2129.
Larger models are belt driven. All belt driven units have extended lubrication lines to the edge of
the fan cylinder.
The mechanical equipment support and fan guard are made of hot dip galvanised steel.
Optional: Mechanical equipment support assembly in SST 304.
Cold Water Basin
The RCT tower cold water basin is constructed of high performance fibreglass reinforced
polyester. The suction connection is flanged.
Optional: Units can be supplied without cold water basin for field assembly on a concrete tank. A
unit supplied without cold water basin excludes basin, suction strainer, drain and make-up
assembly.
Triple fan units are always supplied without cold water basin.
Factory Assembled
The RCT Tower is completely factory-assembled.
Optional: The tower can be shipped in knocked-down version for assembly on site. This enables
overseas transport in containers and significantly reduces transport cost.
Heat Transfer Surface Alternatives
Standard Heat Transfer Surface: The film-
type heat transfer surface supplied as standard
with the cooling towers has been carefully
selected for industrial applications. The 19 mm
spacing between the surface sheets gives
excellent air/water contact with low air pressure
loss. The standard heat transfer surface
provides high thermal efficiency and is
sufficient to avoid clogging in most
environments.
Optional Film-Type Space 12 mm: For
applications where the cooling tower water is
clean, alternative models with 12 mm fill are
available.
Heavy Duty 26 mm Fill Type: Heavier contamination, which results in a heavy accumulation on
the heat transfer surface, requires a higher structural strength than can be accomplished with
film-type. For such situations, a heat transfer surface is available, constructed of heavy-duty
wave formed FRP panels spaced 26 mm apart. With the unique integrated telescopic fill
supports, the FRP fill panels can easily be removed for cleaning.
Combined Inlet Shields
Combined Inlet shields prevent biological growth from sunlight, act as a filter for air borne
impurities and debris and eliminate water splash out.
Telescopic fill supports (only for heavy duty 26
mm Fill Type)
RCT - B 11
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Accessories
Two-Speed Fan Motor
An effective method of adding steps of capacity control and saving energy is the installation of two-
speed fan motors in lieu of the standard single-speed motors. Two-speed motors are ideally suited
for this purpose. At half fan speed the equipment capacity is still about 60% of design whereas the
drawn fan power is only about 20% of the full speed motor power. In addition, at low speed, sound
levels will generally reduce by about 9 dB(A).
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical make-up valve when a more
precise water level control is required. This package consists of a float switch mounted in the basin
and a solenoid activated valve in the make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize
water hammer.
Vibration Cut-out Switch
A factory-mounted vibration cut-out switch is available to effectively protect against equipment
failure due to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide a
vibration cut-out switch in an IP65 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing of the
water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which maintain the
water temperature at 4C, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The
heater package includes the heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the
heaters if the water level is too low. Standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient
temperature.
Equalising Connection
Whenever cooling towers are installed to operate in parallel, the water level in the basins should
be equalised by means of an equalising connection. The equalising connection can be either a
whole pattern cut out only or a connection to the basin.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of preventing sediment from collecting in the
cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical Resources, Filtration".
Model No.
RCT
Heater -18C
(kW)
Single Fan Units Double Fan Units
RCT-2118 / RCT 2129 1 x 5 2 x 5
RCT-2142 / RCT-2156 1 x 6 2 x 6
RCT-2183 / RCT-2208 1 x 6 2 x 6
RCT-2238 / RCT2262 2 x 4 4 x 4
RCT-2299 / RCT-2320 2 x 5 4 x 5
RCT-2368 / RCT-2386 2 x 6 N.A.
RCT-2418 / RCT-2441 2 x 6 N.A.
RCT - B 12
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Single Fan Units - Square Box Sizes
Remarks:
1. Access door is always opposite to inlet connection end.
2. Alternative inlet/outlet and tower configurations are available.
3. Nominal outlet connection size provided.
4. Actual outlet sized to match flow.
5. Models RCT-2118-1 and RCT-2129-1 have direct drive motors.
6. Add 70 mm to H
1
for shipping height of the upper section. The
height of the lower section should be increased by 270 mm.
Model
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Inlet
ND
(mm)
Outlet
ND
(mm)
Drain
ND
(mm)
Overflow
ND
(mm)
Quick-fill
ND
(mm)
Makeup
ND
(mm)
H
(mm)
H
1
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
RCT-2118-1
RCT-2129-1
1000
1000
2675
2675
5,5
7,5
15,4
17,3
150
150
150
150
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
3310
3310
N/A
N/A
2284
2284
2284
2284
RCT-2142-1
RCT-2156-1
1250
1250
3375
3375
5,5
7,5
18,5
20,4
150
150
200
200
50
50
80
80
20
20
20
20
3407
3407
2535
2535
2588
2588
2588
2588
RCT-2183-1
RCT-2208-1
1550
1550
4125
4125
7,5
11
23,9
27,2
200
200
200
200
50
50
80
80
20
20
20
20
3427
3427
2555
2555
2893
2893
2893
2893
RCT-2238-1
RCT-2262-1
1800
1800
4850
4850
11
15
31,2
34,2
200
200
200
200
50
50
80
80
40
40
40
40
3728
3728
2735
2735
3198
3198
3198
3198
RCT-2299-1
RCT-2320-1
2100
2100
5700
5700
15
18,5
39,0
41,8
200
200
250
250
50
50
80
80
40
40
40
40
3890
3890
2735
2735
3500
3500
3500
3500
1. Water Inlet; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Drain; 4. Overflow; 5. Make-Up; 6. Quick Fill; 7. Fan Motor.
RCT - B 13
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Single Fan Units - Rectangular Box Sizes
Remarks:
1. Access door is always opposite to inlet connection end.
2. Alternative inlet/outlet and tower configurations are available.
3. Nominal outlet connection size provided.
4. Actual outlet sized to match flow.
5. Add 70 mm to H1 for shipping height of the upper section. The
height of the lower section should be increased by 270 mm.
Model
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Inlet
ND
(mm)
Outlet
ND
(mm)
Drain
ND
(mm)
Overflow
ND
(mm)
Makeup
ND
(mm)
Quick-fill
ND
(mm)
H
(mm)
H
1
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
RCT-2368-1
RCT-2386-1
2700
2700
7300
7300
18,5
22
47,8
50,2
200
200
200
200
50
50
80
80
40
40
40
40
4298
4298
3195
3195
4787
4787
3198
3198
RCT-2418-1
RCT-2441-1
3000
3000
8500
8500
18,5
22
54,3
57,3
200
200
250
250
50
50
80
80
40
40
40
40
4503
4503
3195
3195
5247
5247
3500
3500
1. Water Inlet; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Drain; 4. Overflow; 5. Make-Up; 6. Quick Fill; 7. Fan Motor.
RCT - B 14
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Double Fan Units
Remarks:
1. Access door is always opposite to inlet connection end.
2. Alternative inlet/outlet and tower configurations are available.
3. Nominal outlet connection size provided.
4. Actual outlet sized to match the flow.
5. Models RCT-2118-2 and RCT-2129-2 have direct drive motors.
6. Add 70 mm to H1 for shipping height of the upper section. The
height of the lower section should be increased by 270 mm.
Model
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Inlet
ND
(mm)
Outlet
ND
(mm)
Drain
ND
(mm)
Overflow
ND
(mm)
Makeup
ND
(mm)
Quick-fill
ND
(mm)
H
(mm)
H
1
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
RCT-2118-2
RCT-2129-2
2000
2000
5400
5400
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
30,8
34,6
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
150
150
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
40
40
40
40
3380
3380
N/A
N/A
4548
4548
2284
2284
RCT-2142-2
RCT-2156-2
2500
2500
6800
6800
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
37,1
40,8
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
200
200
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
(2x) 80
(2x) 80
40
40
40
40
3555
3555
2535
2535
5157
5157
2588
2588
RCT-2183-2
RCT-2208-2
3100
3100
8300
8300
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 11
47,8
54,4
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
200
200
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
(2x) 80
(2x) 80
40
40
40
40
3653
3653
2555
2555
5769
5769
2893
2893
RCT-2238-2
RCT-2262-2
3600
3600
9750
9750
(2x) 11
(2x) 15
62,4
68,4
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
200
200
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
(2x) 80
(2x) 80
40
40
40
40
3915
3915
2735
2735
6377
6377
3198
3198
RCT-2299-2
RCT-2320-2
4200
4200
11450
11450
(2x) 15
(2x) 18,5
78,1
83,5
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
250
250
(2x) 50
(2x) 50
(2x) 80
(2x) 80
40
40
40
40
4096
4096
2735
2735
6982
6982
3499
3499
1. Water Inlet; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Drain; 4. Overflow; 5. Make-Up; 6. Quick Fill; 7. Fan Motor.
RCT - B 15
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Triple Fan Units
Remarks:
1. Access door is always opposite to inlet connection end.
2. Alternative water inlet and tower configurations are available.
3. Triple fan units are not available with common FRP Basin. Only for
installation on concrete basin.
4. Models RCT-2118-3 and RCT-2129-3 have direct drive motors.
5. Add 70 mm to H1 for shipping height of the upper section. The
lower section is shipped knocked down.
Model
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Inlet
ND
(mm)
H
(mm)
H
1
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
RCT-2142-3
RCT-2156-3
3700
3700
10200
10200
(3x) 5,5
(3x) 7,5
55,6
61,2
(3x) 150
(3x) 150
3318
3318
2535
2535
7731
7731
2588
2588
RCT-2183-3
RCT-2208-3
4700
4700
12400
12400
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 11
71,6
81,6
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
3427
3427
2555
2555
8646
8646
2893
2893
RCT-2238-3
RCT-2262-3
5400
5400
14700
14700
(3x) 11
(3x) 15
93,6
102,6
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
3695
3695
2735
2735
9556
9556
3198
3198
RCT-2299-3
RCT-2320-3
6300
6300
17100
17100
(3x) 15
(3x) 18,5
117,1
125,3
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
3780
3780
2735
2735
10465
10465
3499
3499
1. Water Inlet; 2. Fan Motor; 3. Concrete Basin (by others).
RCT - B 16
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Single Fan - Square Box Sizes
Single Fan - Rectangular Box Sizes
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting holes; 3. FRP Cold Water Basin; 4. Water Inlet Side.
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting holes; 3. FRP Cold Water Basin; 4. Water Inlet Side.
RCT - B 17
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
N/A = Not Applicable
Double Fan Units
RCT
MINIMUM SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS (mm)
MAX. DEFLECTION (mm)
A B C
RCT 2118-1
RCT 2129-1
2198 N/A 2
RCT 2142-1
RCT 2156-1
2502 N/A 2
RCT 2183-1
RCT 2208-1
2806 N/A 2
RCT 2238-1
RCT 2262-1
3112 N/A 3
RCT 2299-1
RCT 2320-1
3416 N/A 3
RCT 2368-1
RCT 2386-1
3112 1594 1346 3
RCT 2418-1
RCT 2441-1
3416 1748 1638 3
RCT
MINIMUM SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS (mm)
MAX. DEFLECTION (mm)
A
RCT 2118-2
RCT 2129-2
2198 4
RCT 2142-2
RCT 2156-2
2502 5
RCT 2183-2
RCT 2208-2
2806 5
RCT 2238-2
RCT 2262-2
3112 6
RCT 2299-2
RCT 2320-2
3416 6
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting holes; 3. FRP Cold Water Basin; 4. Water Inlet Side.
RCT - B 18
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Triple Fan Units - Concrete Sump
Notes:
1. Support beams should be sized in accordance with accepted
structural practice. Maximum deflection of beam under the unit to
be 1mm/m unit length. Beams can be selected for 65% of the
operating weight as a uniform load under each of the two exterior
beams. The centre beam underneath the sloping sump should not
take any of the unit weight as it is merely there to prevent
excessive sump bottom deflection.
2. Supporting steel work and anchor bolts are to be selected and
furnished by others.
3. All supporting steel must be flush and level at the top.
4. If vibration isolator rails are used between tower and supporting
steel, the supporting steel length should meet vibration rail length.
If point isolators are used, they should be mounted under the
supporting steel.
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
RCT
MINIMUM SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS
DIMENSIONS (mm)
MAX. DEFLECTION (mm)
A B C
RCT 2142-3
RCT 2156-3
2222 7742 2592 7
RCT 2183-3
RCT 2208-3
2526 8654 2896 8
RCT 2238-3
RCT 2262-3
2832 9572 3202 9
RCT 2299-3
RCT 2320-3
3136 10486 3506 10
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Water Inlet Side.
RCT - B 19
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Cooling Tower
1.1 General: Supply and install factory assembled cooling tower of
counter-flow, induced draft, axial fan design. Each cooling tower shall
be guaranteed by the manufacturer to cool ___ litres per second of
water from ___ C (HW) entering water temperature to ___ C (CW)
leaving water temperature at ___ C (WB) entering wet bulb
temperature.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Structure: The cooling tower structure and casing shall be
constructed of high strength Pultruded Composite materials. All
pultruded composite components shall be moulded to exacting
standards with UV resistant polyester resins such that UV protection
is afforded throughout the entire embodiment of the components as
well as being an externally applied coating.
2.2. Internal Surfaces: All internal surfaces of the casing, basin, roof
deck and fan cylinder shall have an even and regular smooth faced
finish resulting from either an open moulding or pultruded moulding
process where the faces of these components come into direct
contact with the mould to facilitate easy cleaning. Internal flow coated
surfaces that have not come in contact with the mould shall not be
acceptable.
2.3 Cold Water Basin: The basin shall be constructed of high
performance Fibreglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) and reinforced in
critical areas. The basin shall have a smooth internal finish and slope
to a center drain for ease of cleaning. All suction, drain, overflow and
quick fill connections shall be furnished as standard. The suction
connection shall be flanged. Easy and complete access shall be
made possible from all sides.
2.4 Air Inlet Louvers: Air Inlet Louvers shall be plastic material,
designed to prevent splash out and minimise the passage of sunlight
to the cooling tower interior. Louvers shall be easily removable
lightweight sections providing easy access for cleaning.
304-grade stainless steel deflector shall be factory fitted at the bottom
of and inside the louvers to direct water away from the louver,
preventing splash out.
2.5 Wet Deck Surface: The film type fill shall be impervious to rot,
decay and fungus or biological attacks. It shall consist of high
efficiency cross-fluted sheets solvent welded into lightweight blocks
sized for easy handling and removal for cleaning.
2.6 Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
over the wet deck surface by a low pressure, stationery, non rotating
type water distribution system incorporating heavy duty PVC spray
branches and plastic spray nozzles held into place with snap rubber
grommets.
2.7 Strainer: The cold water basin strainer shall be a 304-grade
stainless steel cylindrical type having a solid top cover plate with a
perforated mesh bottom of sufficient open area relative to the suction
flow rate and by design, prevent vortexing at the outlet.
2.8 Hardware: All wetted hardware shall be 304-grade stainless
steel.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1 Fan: The adjustable pitch axial flow fan(s) shall be of low noise,
multi-bladed type heavy duty extruded aluminium. The fan shall
operate within a FRP fan cylinder having an even and regular smooth
faced internal finish ensuring a streamlined air entry and minimum tip
clearance for maximum fan efficiency.
3.2 Motor: The fan motor(s) shall be to IP55 standard with Class F
insulation specifically designed for cooling tower service. The fan
motor shall be fully outside of the moist discharge air stream for belt
driven units. The motor shall be located adjacent to the fan cylinder
for ease of access for maintenance and increased motor life
expectancy. The motor is to be located below the top of the cooling
tower ensuring overall tower height is kept to a minimum and external
of discharge ducting in such applications.
3.3 Mechanical Support: The mechanical support shall be of HDG
steel construction. The entire mechanical arrangement shall simply
bolt to the top of the fan cylinder for ease of access for maintenance.
The fan shaft shall be of 304 stainless steel supported by heavy duty,
self aligning, grease packed ball bearings specifically suited to
vertical shaft application with moisture proof seals and integral
slingers. Extended lubrication lines shall be provided as standard to
the bearings with grease nipples located outside for ease of
scheduled maintenance.
3.4 Belt Drive: Units with belt drive shall be via standard V belts for
ease of availability. The motor pulley shall be located outside of the
discharge air stream. The entire drive arrangement is to be protected
by a hinged cover guard in HDG.
4.0 Drift Eliminators
4.1 Drift Eliminators: The plastic drift eliminators shall be UV
resistant and impervious to rot, decay and fungus or biological
attacks. They shall consist of high efficiency three pass wave formed
blades solvent welded into lightweight, easily removable sections.
5.0 Combined Inlet Shields
5.1. Combined Inlet Shields: Combined inlet shields shall be
separate from the wet deck surface and removable to allow easy
access for inspection of the air/water interface at the air inlet side of
the equipment. Combined inlet shields shall prevent UV-light and
debris from entering the unit, as well as prevent water splash out
during fan cycling. They shall be constructed of maintenance free,
corrosion and UV resistant material.
6.0 Access
6.1 Access: One full side of the casing shall be removable to provide
full and open access to all internal tower components for inspection,
maintenance and cleaning. The access panel shall be retained by
easily removable knobs, not requiring dismantling of the tower
structure.
RCT - B 20
R
C
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
7.0 Sound
7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
Open Cooling Towers
I MT - B 1
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
IMT
Product Detail
IMT Open Cooling Towers ....................................................................... B2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... B4
Construction Details .................................................................................. B6
Custom Features and Options .................................................................. B8
Accessories ............................................................................................... B10
Engineering Data ...................................................................................... B11
Structural Support .................................................................................. B14
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... B19
I MT - B 2
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
IMT Open Cooling Towers
Capacity
single cell capacity
35 575 l/s
General Description
The features of modular design are incorporated in all IMT cooling towers to significantly reduce
site assembly time and cost.
IMT cooling towers are designed to meet the demanding conditions of a harsh industrial
environment. Highly corrosion resistant materials are available to insure long life under these
conditions. Structural strength is provided by heavy duty structural angles of stainless steel, hot dip
galvanized steel or galvanized steel protected by the Baltibond Corrosion protection system.
Standard cladding and fan stack materials are Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP)
Key Features
Sharply reduced Site assembly cost
Superior durability through industrial quality materials
Assured thermal performance
Versatility in selection to suit every project requirement
I MT - B 3
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
I MT - B 4
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Different Construction Material Options
To meat each customers technical and economic requirement, IMT cooling towers offer a broad
choice of construction materials such as :
Fibreglass Reinforced Polyester cladding with a hot dip galvanised steel structure
Z600 hot dip galvanised cladding and structure protected with the unique Baltibond Corrosion
Protection System.
Fibreglass Reinforced Polyester cladding with a stainless steel structure
Choice of Heat Transfer Surface Alternatives
In addition to the standard IMT heat transfer surface, heavy duty cleanable fill material (for dirty
water applications) and clean water fill are available.
Total Lower Installed Cost
Modular Design - The time consuming field assembly of individual parts is reduced to the
rigging of large factory assembled sections and final assembly details. Your own construction
people can receive the shipment, assemble the modules and component parts, and complete
the cooling tower installation in a fraction of time required for conventional field erected cooling
towers.
Less construction time on site means less susceptibility to the variables of weather, labour
productivity and workmanship.
Field cutting, patching and drilling are virtually eliminated by use of standardized modular
sections. The result is the consistent high quality, quickly assembled installation required by
todays industrial cooling tower user.
Hoist heat transfer modules from truck to
concrete basin
Mount mechanical drive system
I MT - B 5
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Low Sound and Low kW
IMT Cooling towers offer low year round energy consumption, and moderately low noise levels,
which can be reduced by approx. 6-8 dB(A) on the low speed of two speed fan motors. Low kW
custom models are available for even lower energy consumption and lower noise levels.
Assemble and position fan stack and plenum
sections.
Install miscellaneous components
I MT - B 6
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Construction Details
1. Wet Deck Surface
Efficient plastic heat transfer surface suitable for most industrial applications
Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
2. Steel Frame
Heavy duty steel structural angles connected with corresponding hardware
3. FRP casing
Fibreglass reinforced (FRP) fan stack
4. Axial Fan
Heavy duty, extruded aluminium axial fan, with maximum fan efficiency
Safe fan selection distant from critical fan speed or resonant frequencys
I MT - B 7
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
5. Drift Eliminators
UV resistant non-corrosive material, impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
Three distinct changes in air direction to reduce drift loss significantly
Assembled in easy to handle sections, which can be removed for access to the equipment
interior
6. Gear Drive System
Standard on models IMT 650 and larger.
Optional on models IMT 500 up to 650.
Right angle double reduction gear with AGMA rating of 2 according PCMA.
7. Access Door
Large sized access door in the fan plenum.
8. Fan Motor
TEFC fan motor, IP 55 protected and Class F insulation designed for cooling tower operation.
Extra moisture protection on bearings
9. FRP Fan Cylinder
Fibreglass reinforced (FRP) fan stack
10. Water Distribution System
Heavy duty spray branches
Low pressure, large diameter, non clog nozzles.
11. Belt Drive (Not Shown)
Standard on models IMT 500 650 with
Specially designed belt with corrosion resistant fan sheave.
Heavy duty grease lubricated ball bearings with moisture seals and integral slinger rings
12. Cold Water Sump (Not Shown)
Factory assembled sump available for models IMT 500 990 (for BBCPS unit execution only)
13. Combined Inlet Shields
Corrosion Resistant
Easily removable
UV resistant plastic material
I MT - B 8
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Custom Features and Options
Construction Options
Standard Construction:
All Z600 heavy-gauge galvanized steel structural elements are protected with the Baltibond
Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment life.
Optional Construction:
All heavy steel structural elements are hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Structural elements are constructed of stainless steel either type 304 or 316.
Note: Refer to section Technical Resources, Material Options for more details on the materials described above.
* Optional on models IMT 500 to 990.
Baltiguard Drive System (Optional on
IMT-500 to 650)
The BALTIGUARD
construction only).
Note:
(1)
Volume at overflow height
Low Sound Fan
To maintain the quality of the local environment, the IMT cooling tower can be furnished with a low
sound fan.
Model No.
IMT
Sump Height
(mm)
Sump Weight
(kg)
Sump Volume
(l)
(1)
Make Up Size
ND (mm)
Water Outlet Size
ND (mm)
Equalizer Size
ND (mm)
IMT 500 510 2090 5690 50 (2x) 250 (2x) 250
IMT 630 510 2090 5690 50 (2x) 250 (2x) 250
IMT 650 510 2500 7120 40 (2x) 250 (2x) 250
IMT-760 510 2500 7120 40 (2x) 250 (2x) 250
IMT 795 510 2730 8480 50 (2x) 300 (2x) 250
IMT 990 510 2730 8480 50 (2x) 300 (2x) 250
Telescopic fill supports (only for heavy duty 26
mm Fill Type)
I MT - B 10
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Accessories
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control to allow replaces the standard mechanical make-up valve when a
more precise water level control is required. This package consists of a float switch mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to
minimize water hammer. (Only for models IMT 500 up to IMT 990 with factory supplied basin.)
Vibration Cutout Switch
A factory-mounted vibration cut-out switch is available to effectively protect against equipment
failure due to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide a
vibration cut-out switch in an IP65 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Two-Speed Fan Motor
An effective method of adding steps of capacity control and saving energy is the installation of two-
speed fan motors in lieu of the standard single-speed motors. Two-speed motors are ideally suited
for this purpose. At half fan speed the equipment capacity is still about 60% of design whereas the
drawn fan power is only about 20% of the full speed motor power. In addition, at low speed, sound
levels will generally reduce by about 9 dB(A).
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing of the
water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which maintain the
water temperature at 4C, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The
heater package includes the heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the
heaters if the water level is too low. Standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient
temperature. (Only for models IMT 500 up to IMT 990 with factory supplied basin)
Fan Motor Control Thermostat
Single stage thermostats or two stage thermostats can be used for fan motor speed control.
Safety Switch
Safety switches or local isolators allow the electrical supply to motors to be disconnected for safety
purposes during inspection or maintenance.
Ladder and Safety Cage
These items are available for field installation on all IMT models when required.
Model No.
IMT
Heaters -18C
(kW)
IMT 500-630 2 x 8
IMT 650-760 4 x 5
IMT 795-990 4 x 6
I MT - B 11
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
IMT 500 - 1195
Model No.
IMT
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
Water In
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Airflow
m
3
/s
Motor
(kW)
Water In
ND (mm)
IMT 500-1B O 6430 4690 1460 5110 4800 4880 78,8 22 (2x) 200
IMT 630-1B O
IMT 630-1B P
7120
7120
5000
5000
1620
1620
5410
5410
4800
4800
4880
4880
74,8
82,1
22
30
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
IMT 650-1B P
IMT 650-1B Q
7980
7980
5550
5550
1820
1820
5410
5410
4800
4800
6080
6080
94,4
102,7
30
37
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
IMT 760-1B R 9020 6140 2120 5710 4800 6080 102,7 45 (2x) 250
IMT 795-1B Q
IMT 795-1B R
9840
9840
6850
6850
2050
2050
5410
5410
6000
6000
6080
6080
124,1
128,7
37
45
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
IMT 990-1B Q
IMT 990-1B R
10950
10950
7390
7390
2320
2320
5710
5710
6000
6000
6080
6080
116,6
126,3
37
45
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
IMT 925-1B R 11820 7820 2440 5720 6000 7280 151,8 45 (2x) 300
IMT 1195-1B R
IMT 1195-1B S
13410
13410
8730
8730
2890
2890
6020
6020
6000
6000
7280
7280
143,3
151,8
45
55
(2x) 300
(2x) 300
1. Water Inlet; 2. Access Door; 3. Motor System (Gear Drive Option); 4. Concrete Basin (by Others).
I MT - B 12
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
IMT 1155 - 1945
Model No.
IMT
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
Water In
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Airflow
(m
3
/s)
Motor
(kW)
Water Inlet
ND (mm)
IMT 1155-1B S 13890 9280 2030 5720 7200 7280 184,2 55 (3x) 250
IMT 1360-1B T 15430 10020 2280 6020 7200 7280 182,6 75 (3x) 250
IMT 1550-1B S
IMT 1550-1B T
20900
20900
13600
13600
3300
3300
6570
6570
7200
7200
8480
8480
188,8
200,6
55
75
(3x) 300
(3x) 300
IMT 1695-1B T
IMT 1695-1B U
21400
21400
14100
14100
3300
3300
6570
6570
7200
7200
8480
8480
192,1
210,5
75
90
(3x) 300
(3x) 300
IMT 1780-1B U
IMT 1780-1B V
23400
23400
15800
15800
4200
4200
6570
6570
8400
8400
8480
8480
237,4
248,8
90
110
(3x) 300
(3x) 300
IMT 1945-1B U
IMT 1945-1B V
24000
24000
16400
16400
4200
4200
6570
6570
8400
8400
8480
8480
227,5
245,4
90
110
(3x) 300
(3x) 300
1. Water Inlet; 2. Access Door; 3. Fan Motor System (Gear Drive Option); 4. Concrete Basin (by others).
I MT - B 13
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
IMT 1990 - 2530
General Notes
1. Special models with alternative configurations, fan power options
or heat transfer surface options are available. Contact your BAC
Balticare Representative for information. IMT models 500 to 990
are also available with sump as an option. Contact your local BAC
Balticare Representative for sump dimensions of these models.
2. Motors located inside the fan plenum for models IMT-500 to IMT-
650.
Model No.
IMT
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
Water In
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Airflow
(m
3
/s)
Motor
(kW)
Water Inlet
ND (mm)
IMT 1990-1B U
IMT 1990-1B V
27600
27600
17900
17900
3300
3300
6570
6570
9600
9600
8480
8480
270,9
284,8
90
110
(4x) 300
(4x) 300
IMT 2260-1B V
IMT 2260-1B W
28300
28300
18600
18600
3300
3300
6570
6570
9600
9600
8480
8480
271,7
285,3
110
132
(4x) 300
(4x) 300
IMT 2320-1B V
IMT 2320-1B W
31200
31200
20000
20000
3700
3700
7230
7230
9600
9600
9680
9680
309,1
327,4
110
132
(4x) 300
(4x) 300
IMT 2530-1B V
IMT 2530-1B W
32000
32000
20800
20800
2700
2700
7230
7230
9600
9600
9680
9680
297,3
314,6
110
132
(4x) 300
(4x) 300
1. Water Inlet; 2. Access Door; 3. Fan Motor System (Gear Drive Option); 4. Concrete Basin (by others).
I MT - B 14
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
IMT 500 - 1195
I MT - B 15
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Model No.
IMT
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
Support Points
(Concrete Sump)
IMT 500-1B O
IMT 500-1B P
5204 5294 2310 4710 2310 2400 (12) x M 12
IMT 630-1B P
IMT 630-1B Q
5204 5294 2310 4710 2310 2400 (12) x M 12
IMT 650-1B Q
IMT 650-1B R
5204 6494 2310 5910 2910 3000 (12) x M 12
IMT 760-1B R 5204 6494 2310 5910 2910 3000 (12) x M 12
IMT 795-1B Q
IMT 795-1B R
6404 6494 2910 5910 2910 3000 (12) x M 12
IMT 990-1B R
IMT 990-1B S
6404 6494 2910 5910 2910 3000 (12) x M 12
IMT 925-1B S 6404 7694 2910 7110 3510 3600 (12) x M 12
IMT 1195-1B S
IMT 1195-1B T
6404 7694 2910 7110 3510 3600 (12) x M 12
I MT - B 16
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
IMT 1155 - 1360
Model No.
IMT
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
Support Points
(Concrete Sump)
IMT 1155-1B 7604 7694 2310 7110 3510 3600 (18) x M 16
IMT 1360-1B 7604 7694 2310 7110 3510 3600 (18) x M 16
I MT - B 17
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
IMT 1550 - 1945
Model No.
IMT
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
Support Points
(Concrete Sump)
IMT 1550-1B
IMT 1550-1B
7604 8894 2310 8310 2910 2400 2490 (24) x M 16
IMT 1695-1B
IMT 1695-1B
7604 8894 2310 8310 2910 2400 2490 (24) x M 16
IMT 1780-1B
IMT 1780-1B
8804 8894 2910 8310 2910 2400 2490 (24) x M 16
IMT 1945-1B
IMT 1945-1B
8804 8894 2910 8310 2910 2400 2490 (24) x M 16
I MT - B 18
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
IMT 1990 - 2530
Notes:
IMT Cooling Towers provided without the integral sump by BAC should be supported on concrete columns or sump walls as shown. Dimensions
A en B show the minimum inside sump dimensions and the table above gives the total number of support points required in the sump. For exact
support locations of double cell models refer to foundation drawing available from your BAC Balticare Representative.
Model No.
IMT
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
Support Points
(Concrete Sump)
IMT 1990-1B
IMT 1990-1B
10004 8894 2310 8310 2910 2490 2400 (32) x M 16
IMT 2260-1B
IMT 2260-1B
10004 8894 2310 8310 2910 2490 2400 (32) x M 16
IMT 2320-1B
IMT 2320-1B
10004 10094 2310 9510 3510 2490 2400 (32) x M 16
IMT 2530-1B
IMT 2530-1B
10004 10094 2310 9510 3510 2490 2400 (32) x M 16
I MT - B 19
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Cooling Tower
1.1 General: Furnish and install _____ factory-assembled, induced-
draft, axial fan, counterflow cooling tower(s) with vertical air
discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications, schedules
and as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions shall not exceed
approximately _____ mm long x ______ mm wide x _____ mm high.
The total connected fan kW shall not exceed _____ kW. The cooling
tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Model ____________.
1.2 Thermal Capacity: The cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by
the manufacturer to cool _____ l/s of water from ______ C to
_____C at _____C entering wet-bulb temperature.
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall be
protected with the BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection System. The
system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized steel prepared
in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry) process with an
electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, hybrid polymer fuse-bonded
to the substrate during a thermally activated curing stage and
monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program. Casing panels
shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant fibreglass
reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimise maintenance requirements
and prolong equipment life
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all structural members shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge steel hot dip galvanized after fabrication.
Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant
fibreglass reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimise maintenance
requirements and prolong equipment life.
(Alternate 1.3) Type 304 or 316 Stainless Steel Construction: All
structural members shall be constructed of Type 304 or 316L
stainless steel. Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion and
UV-resistant fibreglass reinforced polyester (FRP) to minimise
maintenance requirements and prolong equipment life
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall have
a Management System certified by an accredited registrar as
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure
consistent quality of products and services.
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Structure: The cooling tower structure shall be made of Z600
metric hot-dip galvanised steel protected with the BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection System.
2.2 Casing Panels and Fan Deck: Casing panels shall be
constructed of corrosion and UV-resistant fibreglass reinforced
polyester (FRP) to minimise maintenance requirements and prolong
equipment life.
2.3 Support Columns: The cooling tower heat transfer surface
sections shall have integral support columns. The columns shall be
constructed from heavy gauge galvanized steel angles which recess
into the heat transfer section to reduce shipping volume.
2.4 Sump: (Optional for models IMT 500-990 and models IMT 500-2
990-2 and only for units protected with the Baltibond
Corrosion
Protection System.) The integral sump shall be constructed of heavy
gauge Z600 Hot dip galvanized steel. Standard accessories shall
include large area, liftout, galvanized strainers with BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection System and perforated openings, sized smaller
than the water distribution nozzle orifices; an integral anti-vortexing
hood to prevent air entrainment, brass make-up valve with larger
diameter plastic float arrangement for easy adjustment (field
installed) and connections for water outlet, overflow and drain.
2.5. Fans: Fans shall be axial flow type constructed of heavy duty
aluminium, and tested in actual models by the cooling tower
manufacturer. Each fan cylinder shall be designed for streamlined air
entry and minimum tip clearance for maximum fan efficiency.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Belt Drive (models IMT 500-650): Fans shall be driven by
neoprene/polyester belt(s) designed specifically for cooling tower
service. The sheaves shall be cast aluminum. Fan shaft shall be
mounted in heavy duty, grease-packed, self-aligning relubricatable
ball bearings with moisture proof seals and integral slinger rings.
Extended lube lines shall be provided for ease of maintenance.
3.2. Gear Drive (models IMT 650 and larger, optional on models
IMT 500-650): Fan shall be driven through a right angle gear box
designed for a service factor of 2 according to PCMA.
3.3. Fan Motors: The fan motor(s) shall be ______ kW, 1500 RPM,
squirrel cage, totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) with IP55
protection and Class F insulation. Motor(s) shall be specifically
designed for cooling tower service and shall have special moisture
protection on windings, shaft and bearings.
4.0 Wet Deck Surface and Drift Eliminators
4.1. Wet Deck Surface: The wet deck surface shall consist of plastic
formed sheets. It shall be impervious to rot, decay and fungus or
biological attack. The surface shall be performance tested in actual
models by the cooling tower manufacturer to assure specified
performance.
4.2. Drift Eliminators: Eliminators shall be constructed of formed
plastic sheets and be removable in easily handled sections. They
shall have a minimum of three changes in air direction.
5.0 Combined Inlet Shields
5.1. Combined Inlet Shields: Combined inlet shields shall be
separate from the wet deck surface and removable to allow easy
access for inspection of the air/water interface at the air inlet side of
the equipment. Combined inlet shields shall prevent UV-light and
debris from entering the unit, as well as prevent water splash out
during fan cycling. They shall be constructed of maintenance free,
corrosion and UV resistant material.
I MT - B 20
I
M
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
6.0 Access
6.1. Access : Access doors for inspection of the internal components
of the tower shall be installed on the plenum above the drift
eliminators.
7.0 Sound
7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 DB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
Open Cooling Towers
VTL - B 1
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
VTL
.
Product Detail
VTL Open Cooling Towers ....................................................................... B2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... B4
Construction Details .................................................................................. B6
Custom Features and Options .................................................................. B7
Accessories ................................................................................................. B9
Engineering Data ...................................................................................... B11
Structural Support .................................................................................. B15
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... B16
VTL - B 2
V
T
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VTL Open Cooling Towers
Capacity
Single Cell Capacity:
4 90 l/s
General Description
Open Circuit Cooling Towers with centrifugal fans, deliver fully rated thermal performance over a
wide range of flow and temperature requirements. This type of cooling towers can be installed
indoors and can accommodate limited ceiling or enclosure heights. Cooling towers with centrifugal
fans minimise sound levels and installation costs, provide year round operating reliability, and
simplify maintenance requirements.
Cooling Towers provide an answer to the growing need to save water and energy and help protect
the environment by providing the highest system efficiency.
Key Features
Suitable for indoor and outdoor installations
Suitable for high temperature applications
Low sound
Single side air inlet
Low energy consumption
Low installed costs
Easy maintenance
Reliable year-round operation
Long service life
Suitable for locations with limited ceiling or enclosure heights and roof top installations
.
VTL - B 3
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VTL - B 4
V
T
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Installation and Application Flexibility
Indoor Installations Centrifugal fans can
overcome the static pressure imposed by
external ductwork, allowing this type of cooling
towers to be installed indoors.
High Temperature Applications A range of
wet deck and construction options are available
to accommodate entering water temperatures
of up to 65C.
Low Profile Models Motors and drive of low
profile units are adjacent to the casing section
to yield models suitable for use in height
sensitive installations.
Low Sound
Centrifugal Fan - Centrifugal fans have inherently low sound characteristics.
Single Side Air Inlet - Particularly sound-
sensitive areas can be accommodated by
facing the quiet side (back panel) to the sound-
sensitive direction.
Low Energy Consumption
Evaporative Cooling Equipment minimizes
the energy consumption of the entire system
because it provides lower operating
temperatures. The owner saves money while
conserving natural resources and reducing
environmental impact.
Low Installed Cost
Support All models mount directly on two
parallel I-beams (supplied by others) and ship
complete with motors and drives, factory-
installed and aligned.
Modular Design All models without intake or
discharge accessories ship in one piece to
minimize field installation time and lifting time.
Easy Maintenance
Internal Access - The interior of the unit is
easily accessible for adjusting the float valve,
cleaning the strainer or flushing the basin.
Low profile unit shown in contrast to a
standard unit
Modular Design
VTL - B 5
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Reliable Year-Round Operation
V-Belt Drive The fans, motor, and drive system are located outside of the moist discharge
airstream, protecting them from moisture, condensation and icing hence allowing a safe year-
round operation.
Long Service Life
Materials of Construction Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance,
unit operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical Resources, Materials of Construction.
The water level control is easily reached from
the access door
V-Belt Drive System for Series VL-units
VTL - B 6
V
T
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Construction Details
.
1. Heavy-Duty Construction
Z600 hot-dip galvanized steel panels
2. Fan Drive System
V-belt drive
Heavy-duty bearings and fan motor
3. Low sound Centrifugal Fan(s)
Quiet Operation
4. Water Distribution System
Plastic spray header and branches
Large orifice, non-clog nozzles
Grommetted for easy maintenance
5. BACount
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System consists of two standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 of the design kilowatt power. This configuration
allows the system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but with the reserve capacity of a standby
motor in the event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity will be available from the
low kilowatt motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the same, as those
required for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when
operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.
Baltiguard
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric
hot-dip galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat,
rinse, dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting,
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally
activated curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance
program.
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction (optional):
Unless otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and
structural members shall be constructed of Type 304 or 316 stainless
steel and assembled with stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners.
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall have
a Management System certified by an accredited registrar as
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure
consistent quality of products and services.
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Structure: The unit shall be constructed of heavy-gauge steel
utilizing double-brake flanges for maximum strength and rigidity and
reliable sealing of watertight joints. The unit shall be of unitary design
to minimize rigging requirements. The fan(s) and fan drive system,
including the fan motor, shall be factory mounted and aligned and
located in the dry entering air stream to ensure reliable operation and
ease of maintenance.
2.2 Heat Transfer Section: The heat transfer sections(s) shall
consist of a wet deck surface, spray water distribution system and drift
eliminators arranged for optimal thermal performance with minimal
drift.
2.3 Wet Deck Surface: The wet deck surface shall be formed from
self-extinguishing plastic material and shall be impervious to rot,
decay, and fungus or biological attack. The wet deck surface shall be
manufactured and performance tested by the cooling tower
manufacturer to assure single source responsibility and control of the
final product.
2.4 Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
over the wet deck surface by a water distribution system consisting of
a header and spray branches of plastic pipe with large orifice, non-
clog plastic distribution nozzles. The branches and spray nozzles
shall be held in place by snap-in rubber grommets, allowing quick
removal of individual nozzles or complete branches for cleaning or
flushing.
2.5 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be provided with
large area lift out strainers with perforated openings sized smaller
than the water distribution system nozzles and an anti-vortexing
device to prevent air entrainment. The strainer and anti-vortexing
device shall be constructed of the same material as the basin to
prevent dissimilar metal corrosion. Standard basin accessories shall
include a brass make-up valve with large diameter polystyrene filled
plastic float for easy adjustment of the operating water level.
(Alternate2.5) Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Type 304 or 316 stainless steel panels
and structural members up to the heat transfer section/basin joint.
The basin shall be provided with large area lift out strainers with
perforated openings sized smaller than the water distribution system
nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air entrainment. The
strainer and anti-vortexing device shall be constructed of the same
material as the basin to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion. Standard
basin accessories shall include a brass make-up valve with large
diameter polystyrene filled plastic float for easy adjustment of the
operating water level.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be dynamically balanced, forwardly curved,
centrifugal type selected to provide optimum thermal performance
with minimal sound levels. Fan housings shall have curved inlet rings
for efficient air entry and four-sided rectangular discharge cowls shall
extend into the basin to increase fan efficiency and prevent water
from splashing into the fans.
3.2 Bearings: Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by heavy-duty,
self-aligning, relubricatable bearings with cast iron housings,
designed for a minimum L10 life of 40 000 hours (280 000 Hr.
Average. Life).
3.3 Fan Drive: The fan(s) shall be driven by matched V-belts with
taper lock sheaves. Motor shall be located on a heavy-duty motor
base, adjustable by a single threaded bolt-and-nut arrangement.
Removable steel screens or panels shall protect the fan drive and all
moving parts.
3.4 Fan Motor: Furnish _____ kW, ______ RPM Totally Enclosed,
Fan Cooled (TEFC), squirrel cage, ball bearing type fan motors
suitable for outdoor service. Motor(s) shall be suitable for ________
volt, ___ hertz, and __ phase electrical service.
3.5 BALTIGUARD Fan System (optional): Two-single speed fan
motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other sized for 2/3
speed and approximately 1/3 of full load kW shall be provided in each
cell for capacity control and stand-by protection from drive or motor
failure. Two-speed motor(s) are not an acceptable alternative.
VTL - B 17
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
4.0 Drift Eliminators
4.1 Drift Eliminators: Eliminators shall be constructed of specially
formulated plastic material and be removable in easily handled
sections. They shall have a minimum of three changes in air
direction.
5.0 Access
5.1 Basin Access: Circular access doors shall be provided for easy
access to the make-up water assembly and suction strainer for
routine maintenance.
6.0 Sound
6.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
Open Cooling Towers
VXT - B 1
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
VXT
Product Detail
VXT Open Cooling Tower ........................................................................ B2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... B4
Construction Details .................................................................................. B6
Custom Features and Options .................................................................. B8
Accessories ............................................................................................... B10
Engineering Data ..................................................................................... B12
Structural Support .................................................................................. B19
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... B22
VXT - B 2
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VXT Open Cooling Tower
Capacity
Single Cell Capacity:
From 1,6 l/s to 1230 l/s
General Description
Open Circuit Cooling Towers with centrifugal fans, deliver fully rated thermal performance over a
wide range of flow and temperature requirements. This type of cooling towers can be installed
indoors and can accommodate limited ceiling or enclosure heights. Cooling towers with centrifugal
fans minimise sound levels and installation costs, provide year round operating reliability, and
simplify maintenance requirements.
Cooling Towers provide an answer to the growing need to save water and energy and help protect
the environment by providing the highest system efficiency.
Key Features
Suitable for indoor and outdoor installations
Suitable for high temperature applications
Low sound
Single side air inlet
Low energy consumption
Low installed cost
Easy maintenance
Reliable year-round operation
Long service life
VXT - B 3
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VXT - B 4
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Installation and Application Flexibility
Indoor Installations Centrifugal fans can overcome the static pressure imposed by external
ductwork, allowing this type of cooling towers to be installed indoors.
High Temperature Applications A range of wet deck and construction options are available
to accommodate entering water temperatures of up to 65C.
Low Sound
Centrifugal Fan - Centrifugal fans have inherently low sound characteristics.
Single Side Air Inlet - Particularly sound-sensitive areas can be accommodated by facing the
quiet side (back panel) to the sound-sensitive direction.
Low Energy Consumption
Evaporative Cooling Equipment minimizes the energy consumption of the entire system
because it provides lower operating temperatures. The owner saves money while conserving
natural resources and reducing environmental impact.
Low Installed Cost
Support All models mount directly on two parallel I-beams (supplied by others) and ship
complete with motors and drives, factory-installed and aligned.
Modular Design Large models ship in multiple sections to minimize the size and weight of the
heaviest lift, allowing for the use of smaller, less costly cranes.
Easy Maintenance
Internal Access - The interior of the unit is easily accessible for adjusting the float valve,
cleaning the strainer or flushing the basin.
Reliable Year-Round Operation
V-Belt Drive The fans, motor, and drive system are located outside of the moist discharge
airstream, protecting them from moisture, condensation and icing hence allowing a safe year-
round operation.
The water level control is easily reached from
the access door.
External V-belt drive system (shown here with
panel removed)
VXT - B 5
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Long Service Life
Materials of Construction Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance,
unit operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical Resources, Materials of Construction.
Low Ocean Freight Cost
Size - C models are designed to fit in standard
closed box containers to minimize ocean
freight costs. All containerized models are
shipped in a bottom fan section and a top coil
section, which fit together into a 40' box
container, no crating required.
In order to fit the bottom fan section through the
doors of the container, the fan enclosures are
shipped loose inside the water basin area and
are easily mounted on site.
C Model in Dry Van Container Fan Enclosures are shipped loose
VXT - B 6
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Construction Details
Upper Section
Lower Section
VXT - B 7
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
1. Heavy Duty Construction
Z600 hot-dip galvanized steel panels
2. Fan Drive System
V-belt drive
Heavy-duty bearings and fan motor
3. Centrifugal Fan(s)
Quiet Operation
4. Water Distribution System
Plastic spray header and branches
Large orifice, non-clog nozzles
Grommetted for easy maintenance
5. BACount Wet Deck Surface
Plastic material
Impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
Self extinguishing
High temperature wet deck option
6. Strainer
Anti-vortex design to prevent air entrainment
7. Access Door
Circular access door
8. Drift Eliminators
UV resistant non-corrosive material, impervious to rot, decay and biological attack
Three distinct changes in air direction to reduce drift loss significantly
Assembled in easy to handle sections, which can be removed for access to the equipment
interior
VXT - B 8
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Custom Features and Options
Construction Options
Standard Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are
constructed of Z600 heavy-gauge hot-dip
galvanized steel protected with the Baltiplus
Corrosion Protection on the outside of the unit.
Optional BALTIBOND
Corrosion
Protection System:
The BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection
System, a hybrid polymer coating used to
extend equipment life, is applied before
assembly to all hot-dip galvanized steel
components of the unit.
Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of stainless steel either type 304 or 316.
Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A cost-effective alternative to an all stainless steel unit. The critical components in the cold
water basin and the cold water basin itself are provided in stainless steel. The remaining
components are protected with the BALTIBOND
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System
VXT - B 9
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Low Sound Operation
The low sound levels generated by BAC Products
with centrifugal fans make them suitable for most
installations. For situations when one direction is
particularly sound sensitive, the unit can be
oriented so that the side opposite the air inlet
faces the sound-sensitive direction. Units with
centrifugal fans are also available with factory
designed, tested and rated sound attenuation for
both the air inlet and discharge.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical
Resources, Sound Reduction Options.
Remote Sump Execution
The use of an auxiliary sump within a heated
space is the most satisfactory way to protect sump water from freezing. When the circulating pump
is shut off, all the water in the water distribution, in suspension and in the sump will drain freely to
the auxiliary sump.
Note: For detailed information on the calculation of the remote sump tank, please refer to the section "Technical Resources, Selection of
Remote Sump Tank".
High Temperature Wet Deck
If operation above 55C is anticipated, an optional high temperature wet deck material is available
which increases the maximum allowable entering water temperature to 65C.
Units with Intake and Discharge Sound
Attenuation
VXT - B 10
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Accessories
Ladder, Safety Cage and Handrails
In the event the owner requires easy access to
the top of the unit, the unit can be furnished with
ladders extending from the base of the unit to the
top, as well as safety cages, and handrail
packages.
Note: When these access options are employed, the unit must be
equipped with steel drift eliminators.
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient
temperatures require protection to prevent
freezing of the water in the cold water basin when
the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which
maintain the water temperature at 4C, are a
simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The heater package includes the
heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the heaters if the water level is too
low. Standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient temperature.
Model No.
VXT
Heater -18 C
(kW)
VXT 10-25 1 x 1,5
VXT 30-55 1 x 1,5
VXT 65-85 1 x 2,5
VXT 95-135 1 x 3
VXT 150-185 1 x 4
VXT N215-N265 1 x 6
VXT N310-N395 2 x 4
VXT N430-N535 2 x 6
VXT C215-C265 1 x 6
VXT C310-C395 2 x 4
VXT C430-C535 2 x 6
VXT S220-S320 1 x 6
VXT S345-S470 2 x 4
VXT S530-S640 2 x 6
VXT S690-S940 4 x 4
VXT 315-400 1 x 6
VXT 470-600 2 x 5
VXT 630-800 2 x 6
VXT 870-1200 4 x 5
Ladder and Safety Cage, Handrails around top
of unit
VXT - B 11
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the
standard mechanical make-up valve when a
more precise water level control is required. This
package consists of a float switch mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-
up water line. The valve is slow closing to
minimize water hammer.
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Capacity Control Dampers
Modulating capacity control dampers are
available to provide better leaving water
temperature control than can be obtained from
fan cycling alone. Fan discharge dampers consist
of a single airfoil type damper blade located in the
discharge of each fan housing. A standard
electrical control package for dampers is
available from BAC.
Solid Bottom Panels
Factory-installed bottom panels are required when intake air is ducted to the unit.
Discharge Hoods
Discharge hoods reduce the risk of re-circulation in tight enclosures by increasing discharge air
velocity, and can be used to elevate the unit discharge above adjacent walls to comply with layout
guidelines.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective
method of preventing sediment from collecting in
the cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping
system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration
equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical
Resources, Filtration".
Electric Water Level Control Package
Extended Lubrication Lines
Basin Sweeper Piping
VXT - B 12
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
VXT 10 - 185
On models VXT-10 to VXT-135 sufficient space must be provided on the back of the unit for entry to access doors located on side opposite air
entry side.
* Units ship in one piece, ** Casing is heaviest section
Model
VXT
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Fluid Inlet
ND (mm)
Fluid Outlet
ND (mm)
Make Up
ND (mm)
VXT 010
VXT 015
VXT 020
VXT 025
405
410
425
435
325
330
350
360
325*
330*
350*
360*
2036
2036
2036
2036
914
914
914
914
1207
1207
1207
1207
1,79
1,94
2,19
2,50
(1x) 0,75
(1x) 1,1
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
25
25
25
25
VXT 030
VXT 040
VXT 045
VXT 055
655
685
695
780
490
520
530
615
490*
520*
530*
440
2036
2036
2036
2506
1829
1829
1829
1829
1207
1207
1207
1207
3,74
4,48
4,97
5,16
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
(1x) 80
25
25
25
25
VXT 065
VXT 070
VXT 075
VXT 085
1050
1075
1135
1140
715
740
805
810
715*
740*
540
540
2036
2220
2506
2506
2737
2737
2737
2737
1207
1207
1207
1207
7,22
8,12
8,02
8,83
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 7,5
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
25
25
25
25
VXT 095
VXT 105
VXT 120
VXT 135
1255
1445
1475
1665
890
1080
1110
1300
890*
575
605
700
2036
2675
2675
3350
3658
3658
3658
3658
1207
1207
1207
1207
11,04
10,90
12,58
12,46
(1x) 7,5
(1x) 7,5
(1x) 11
(1x) 11
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
(1x) 100
25
25
25
25
VXT 150
VXT 165
VXT 185
2215
2360
2565
1590
1740
1940
915
915
980**
3128
3585
4042
3645
3645
3645
1438
1438
1438
15,79
15,53
16,94
(1x) 15
(1x) 15
(1x) 18,5
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
25
25
25
1. Drain ND 50; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Overflow ND50 (Overflow VXT 150 185: ND80); 4. Make Up ND25; 5.Water Inlet; 6.Access Door.
VXT - B 13
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VXT N215 - N535
Model
VXT
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Fluid Inlet
ND (mm)
Fluid Outlet
ND (mm)
Make Up
ND (mm)
VXT N215
VXT N240
VXT N265
3640
3850
4080
2100
2310
2540
1395
1395
1435
3112
3569
4026
3550
3550
3550
2397
2397
2397
23,49
23,33
24,26
(1x) 22
(1x) 22
(1x) 30
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
VXT N310
VXT N345
VXT N370
VXT N395
5300
5580
5860
5890
3060
3340
3620
3650
1875
1875
1875
1895
3112
3569
4026
4026
5385
5385
5385
5385
2397
2397
2397
2397
34,12
33,82
33,60
36,15
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 37
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
50
VXT N430
VXT N480
VXT N510
VXT N535
7330
7730
8110
8200
4190
4590
4980
5060
2758
2758
2758
2839
3112
3569
4026
4026
7226
7226
7226
7226
2397
2397
2397
2397
46,98
46,65
46,44
48,94
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 30
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
50
50
50
50
1. Drain ND 50; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Overflow ND 80; 4. Make Up ND50; 5.Water Inlet; 6.Access Door.
VXT - B 14
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VXT C215 - C535
Model
VXT-C
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Fluid Inlet
ND (mm)
Fluid Outlet
ND (mm)
Make Up
ND (mm)
VXT C215
VXT C240
VXT C265
4035
4225
4420
2335
2535
2750
1620
1620
1645
3112
3569
4026
3550
3550
3550
2245
2245
2245
23,49
23,33
24,26
(1x) 22
(1x) 22
(1x) 30
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 150
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
VXT C310
VXT C345
VXT C370
VXT C395
5960
6230
6490
6615
3435
3725
4010
4090
2260
2260
2260
2345
3112
3569
4026
4026
5385
5385
5385
5385
2245
2245
2245
2245
34,12
33,82
33,60
36,15
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 37
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
50
VXT C430
VXT C480
VXT C510
VXT C535
8120
8520
8900
8980
4650
5050
5480
5560
1620
1620
1620
1645
3112
3569
4026
4026
7226
7226
7226
7226
2245
2245
2245
2245
46,98
46,65
46,44
48,94
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 30
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
(2x) 150
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
50
50
50
50
1. Drain ND 50; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Overflow ND 80; 4. Make Up ND50; 5. Water Inlet; 6. Access Door
VXT - B 15
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VXT S220 - S940
Model
VXT-S
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Fluid Inlet
ND (mm)
Fluid Outlet
ND (mm)
Make Up
ND (mm)
VXT S220
VXT S240
VXT S265
VXT S300
VXT S320
4120
4140
4170
4400
4760
2380
2400
2430
2660
3020
1450
1470
1500
1500
1540
3479
3479
3479
4012
4437
3550
3550
3550
3550
3550
2397
2397
2397
2397
2397
24,8
26,3
29,2
29,0
29,1
(1x) 18,5
(1x) 22
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 37
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
50
50
VXT S345
VXT S370
VXT S415
VXT S445
VXT S470
6030
6070
6430
6880
6930
3380
3420
3770
4220
4270
2050
2090
2090
2130
2140
3479
3479
4012
4437
4437
5385
5385
5385
5385
5385
2397
2397
2397
2397
2397
38,2
41,0
40,6
40,4
43,2
(1x) 30
(1x) 37
(1x) 37
(1x) 37
(1x) 45
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
50
50
VXT S530
VXT S600
VXT S640
8390
8860
9570
4850
5310
6030
2990
2990
3070
3479
4012
4437
7226
7226
7226
2397
2397
2397
58,4
58,0
58,2
(2x) 30
(2x) 30
(2x) 37
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
50
50
50
VXT S690
VXT S740
VXT S830
VXT S890
VXT S940
12110
12190
12910
13810
13910
6750
6830
7530
8430
8530
4090
4170
4170
4260
4270
3479
3479
4012
4437
4437
10903
10903
10903
10903
10903
2397
2397
2397
2397
2397
76,4
82,0
81,2
80,8
86,4
(2x) 30
(2x) 37
(2x) 37
(2x) 37
(2x) 45
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
50
50
50
50
50
1. Drain ND 50; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Overflow ND 80; 4. Make Up ND50; 5. Water Inlet; 6. Access Door
VXT - B 16
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VXT 315 - 1200
General Notes
1. All connections 100 mm and smaller are MPT. Connections 150
mm and larger are bevelled-for-welding.
2. Fan kW is at 0 Pa ESP. To operate against external static pressure
up to 125 Pa, increase each fan motor one size.
3. The drawings show the standard right hand arrangement, which
has the air inlet side on the right when facing the connection end.
Left hand arrangement can be furnished by special order.
4. Water outlet, overflow and make-up are always located on the
same end of the unit. For units with two water outlet connections
an additional overflow connection will be installed on the other end
of the unit.
Model
VXT
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Fluid Inlet
ND (mm)
Fluid Outlet
ND (mm)
Make Up
ND (mm)
VXT 315
VXT 350
VXT 375
VXT 400
4905
5195
5505
5535
2960
3260
3560
3590
1945
1945
1945
1970
4030
4487
4944
4944
3550
3550
3550
3550
3000
3000
3000
3000
34,55
34,31
34,10
36,62
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 37
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
(1x) 200
50
50
50
50
VXT 470
VXT 525
VXT 560
VXT 600
7305
7750
8245
8325
4360
4810
5290
5370
2770
2770
2770
2845
4030
4487
4944
4944
5388
5388
5388
5388
3000
3000
3000
3000
51,82
51,44
50,92
54,93
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 30
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
(1x) 250
50
50
50
50
VXT 630
VXT 700
VXT 750
VXT 800
9805
10385
11005
11055
5900
6490
7110
7160
3885
3885
3885
3925
4030
4487
4944
4944
7226
7226
7226
7226
3000
3000
3000
3000
69,09
68,62
68,20
73,25
(2x) 30
(2x) 30
(2x) 30
(2x) 37
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(2x) 200
(1x) 300
(1x) 300
(1x) 300
(1x) 300
50
50
50
50
VXT 870
VXT 945
VXT 1050
VXT 1125
VXT 1200
14570
14680
15560
16490
16570
8720
8830
9710
10640
10720
5670
5785
5785
5785
5855
4030
4030
4487
4944
4944
10903
10903
10903
10903
10903
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
94,37
103,64
102,93
102,30
109,87
(3x) 22
(3x) 30
(3x) 30
(3x) 30
(3x) 37
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
(3x) 200
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
(2x) 250
80
80
80
80
80
1. Drain ND50; 2. Water Outlet; 3. Overflow ND 80; 4. Make Up ND50 and 870 - 1200: ND80; 5.Water Inlet; 6.Access Door.
VXT - B 17
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Sound Attenuation
XA + XB Sound Attenuation for VX-Line Cooling Towers
XC Sound Attenuation for VX-Line Cooling Towers
1. Access Door; L1= Intake Attenuator Length; L2= Discharge Attenuator Length; W & H= unit dimensions (see Engineering Data).
1. Access Door; L1= Intake Attenuator Length; L2= Discharge Attenuator Length; W & H= unit dimensions (see Engineering Data)
VXT - B 18
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
(1)
VXT-55 + attenuation is shipped in 4 pieces
(1)
VXT-75 and VXT 85 + attenuation is shipped in 4 pieces
(2)
VXT-95 + attenuation is shipped in 3 pieces
(3)
Intake Attenuator: Access opening is 775 mm high, 406 mm wide and is located at each end of the unit.
(3)
Discharge Attenuator : Access opening is 400 mm high, 1080 mm wide and is located at blank off side of the unit (Access door of VXT 10-25
has 650 mm width)
Model No.
VXT
Unit +
Atten. #
pieces
shipped
# Access
doors
(3)
XA, XB, XC
Dimensions
(mm)
Weights
(kg)
W2 H1 W1 L1 L2 Intake
Solid
Bottom
Discharge Total
XA, XB,
XC
Disch.
Att.
Int.
Att.
XA, XB XC XA, XB, XC XA XB XC XA XB XC XA XB XC
10 - 25 3 1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 890 900 110 130 N.A. 30 130 150 N.A. 270 310 N.A.
30 - 55 3
(1)
1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 1800 1815 175 220 N.A. 50 175 220 N.A. 400 490 N.A.
65 - 85 3
(1)
1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 2710 2730 230 300 N.A. 70 280 350 N.A. 580 720 N.A.
95 - 135 4
(2)
1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 3635 3645 300 370 830 100 360 420 N.A. 760 890 N.A.
150 - 185 4 1 2 2583 3728 1600 1420 3635 3645 380 480 1080 120 440 520 1070 940 1120 2270
N215 N265 4 1 2 3542 4687 2070 1955 3510 3645 500 630 1420 190 530 650 1330 1220 1470 2940
N310 N395 4 2 2 3542 4687 2070 1955 5365 5480 660 860 1970 300 760 970 1980 1720 2130 4250
N430 - N535 7 2 2 3542 4687 2070 1955 7185 7320 1000 1260 2840 380 1060 1300 2660 2440 2940 5880
C215 - C265 4 1 2 3390 4687 2070 1955 3510 3645 500 630 1420 190 530 650 1330 1220 1470 2940
C310 C395 4 2 2 3390 4687 2070 1955 5365 5480 660 860 1970 300 760 970 1980 1720 2130 4250
C430 C535 7 2 2 3390 4535 2070 1955 7185 7320 1000 1260 2840 380 1060 1300 2660 2440 2940 5880
S220 S320 4 1 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 3550 3645 500 630 1420 190 660 800 1640 1350 1620 3250
S345 S470 4 2 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 5385 5480 660 860 1970 300 830 1090 2240 1790 2250 4510
S530 S640 7 2 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 7226 7322 1000 1260 2840 380 1320 1600 3280 2700 3240 6500
S690 S940 7 4 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 10903 10998 1320 1720 3940 600 1660 2180 4480 3580 4500 9020
315 - 400 4 2 2 4145 5290 2560 2965 3510 3645 560 710 1620 230 710 880 1820 1500 1820 3670
470 - 600 4 2 2 4145 5290 2560 2965 5365 5480 730 980 2240 350 900 1210 2490 1980 2540 5080
630 - 800 7 4 2 4145 5290 2560 2965 7185 7320 1120 1420 3240 460 1420 1760 3640 3000 3640 7340
870 - 1200 10 3 3 4145 5290 2560 2965 10865 10995 1680 2130 4860 690 2130 2640 5460 4500 5460 11010
VXT - B 19
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Structural Support
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units without Sound Attenuation
Model
A
Unit Length
(mm)
B
Unit Width
(mm)
C
Center dis.
Length
(mm)
D
Center dis.
Width
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
H
(mm)
X
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Mounting
Holes
VXT 10-25 914 1207 750 1153 - - - - 2 4
VXT 30-55 1829 1207 1664 1153 - - - - 5 4
VXT 65-84 2737 1207 2572 1153 - - - - 8 4
VXT 95-135 3658 1207 3492 1153 - - - - 10 4
VXT 150-185 3645 1438 3492 1378 - - - - 10 4
VXT N215-N265 3550 2397 3238 2327 - - - - 10 4
VXT 315-400 3550 3000 3238 2934 - - - - 10 4
VXT N310-N395 5388 2397 5074 2327 2496 102 - - 13 8
VXT 470-600 5388 3000 5074 2934 2496 102 - - 13 8
VXT N430-N535 7226 2397 6914 2327 3238 438 - - 13 8
VXT C215C265 3550 2245 3238 2175 - - - - 10 4
VXT C310-C395 5385 2245 5074 2175 2486 102 - - 13 8
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting Holes 22 mm; 3. Unit; 4. Air Intake.
VXT - B 20
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Units with Sound Attenuation
VXT C430-C535 7226 2246 6914 2175 3238 438 - - 13 8
VXT S220-S320 3550 2397 3238 2327 - - - - 10 4
VXT S345-S470 5385 2397 5074 2327 2486 102 - - 13 8
VXT S530-S640 7226 2397 6914 2327 3238 438 - - 13 8
VXT S690-S940 10903 2397 10586 2327 2486 102 438 - 13 16
VXT 630-800 7226 3000 6914 2934 3238 438 - - 13 8
VXT 870-1200 10903 3000 10590 2934 3238 438 3238 438 13 12
Model
A
Unit Length
(mm)
B
Unit Width
(mm)
C
Center dis.
Length
(mm)
D
Center dis.
Width
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
H
(mm)
X
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Mounting
Holes
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting Holes 22 mm; 3. Outline of attenuator (optional XA or XB); 4. Support Channel attached to optional XA or XB
attenuator; 5. (3 + 5) Outline of Attenuator (optional XC); 6. (4 + 6) Support Channels attached to optional XC attenuator; 7. Unit; 8. Sound
Attenuation (Type XA, XB or XC); 9. Air Intake.
VXT - B 21
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for VX units consists of
parallel I-beams extending the full length of the unit. Supports and
anchor bolts are to be designed and furnished by others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should
be 70% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform load
to each of the unit beams. The support beam(s) for the optional
intake attenuator(s) needs to carry attenuator only, uniform load of
250 kg/m. Beams should be designed in accordance with
standard structural practice. For the maximum allowable
deflection of beams under the unit refer to above table.
4. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22 mm at the locations
shown.
5. If vibration isolators are used, a rail or channel must be provided
between the unit (and optional attenuator) and the isolators to
provide continuous unit support. Additionally the support beams
must be designed to accommodate the overall length and
mounting hole location of the isolators that may differ from those
of the unit. Refer to vibration isolator drawings for these data.
VXT - B 22
V
X
T
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Cooling Tower
1.1 General: Furnish and install _____ factory-assembled, forced-
draft, centrifugal fan, counter flow cooling tower(s) with vertical air
discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications, schedules
and as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions shall not exceed
approximately _____ mm long x ______ mm wide x _____ mm high.
The total connected fan power shall not exceed _____ kW. The
cooling tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Model ____________.
1.2 Thermal Capacity: The cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by
the manufacturer to cool _____ l/s of water from ______ C to
_____C at _____C entering wet-bulb temperature.
1.3 Corrosion Resistant Construction (standard): Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural
members shall be constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric hot-dip
galvanized steel with all edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound and the exterior protected with the BALTIPLUS Protection.
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction (optional):
Unless otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and
structural members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric
hot-dip galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat,
rinse, dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting,
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally
activated curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance
program.
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction (optional):
Unless otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and
structural members shall be constructed of Type 304 or 316 stainless
steel and assembled with stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners.
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall have
a Management System certified by an accredited registrar as
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure
consistent quality of products and services.
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Structure (VX-Line models): The cooling tower shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake flanges for
maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of watertight joints.
The heat transfer section shall be removable from the pan/fan section
to facilitate shipping and handling. The fan(s) and fan drive system,
including the fan motor, shall be factory mounted and aligned and
located in the dry entering air stream to ensure reliable operation and
ease of maintenance.
2.2 Heat Transfer Section: The heat transfer sections(s) shall
consist of a wet deck surface, spray water distribution system and drift
eliminators arranged for optimal thermal performance with minimal
drift.
2.3 Wet Deck Surface: The wet deck surface shall be formed from
self-extinguishing plastic material and shall be impervious to rot,
decay, and fungus or biological attack. The wet deck surface shall be
manufactured and performance tested by the cooling tower
manufacturer to assure single source responsibility and control of the
final product.
2.4 Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
over the wet deck surface by a water distribution system consisting of
a header and spray branches of plastic pipe with large orifice, non-
clog plastic distribution nozzles. The branches and spray nozzles
shall be held in place by snap-in rubber grommets, allowing quick
removal of individual nozzles or complete branches for cleaning or
flushing.
2.5 Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be provided with
large area lift out strainers with perforated openings sized smaller
than the water distribution system nozzles and an anti-vortexing
device to prevent air entrainment. The strainer and anti-vortexing
device shall be constructed of the same material as the basin to
prevent dissimilar metal corrosion. Standard basin accessories shall
include a brass make-up valve with large diameter polystyrene filled
plastic float for easy adjustment of the operating water level.
(Alternate2.5) Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Type 304 or 316 stainless steel panels
and structural members up to the heat transfer section/basin joint.
The basin shall be provided with large area lift out strainers with
perforated openings sized smaller than the water distribution system
nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air entrainment. The
strainer and anti-vortexing device shall be constructed of the same
material as the basin to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion. Standard
basin accessories shall include a brass make-up valve with large
diameter polystyrene filled plastic float for easy adjustment of the
operating water level.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be dynamically balanced, forwardly curved,
centrifugal type selected to provide optimum thermal performance
with minimal sound levels. Fan housings shall have curved inlet rings
for efficient air entry and four-sided rectangular discharge cowls shall
extend into the basin to increase fan efficiency and prevent water
from splashing into the fans.
3.2 Bearings: Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by heavy-duty,
self-aligning, relubricatable bearings with cast iron housings,
designed for a minimum L10 life of 40 000 hours (280 000 Hr.
Average. Life).
3.3 Fan Drive: The fan(s) shall be driven by matched V-belts with
taper lock sheaves. Motor shall be located on a heavy-duty motor
base, adjustable by a single threaded bolt-and-nut arrangement.
Removable steel screens or panels shall protect the fan drive and all
moving parts.
3.4 Fan Motor: Furnish _____ kW, ______ RPM Totally Enclosed,
Fan Cooled (TEFC), squirrel cage, ball bearing type fan motors
suitable for outdoor service. Motor(s) shall be suitable for ________
volt, ___ hertz, and __ phase electrical service.
3.5 BALTIGUARD Fan System (optional): Two-single speed fan
motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other sized for 2/3
speed and approximately 1/3 of full load kW shall be provided in each
cell for capacity control and stand-by protection from drive or motor
failure. Two-speed motor(s) are not an acceptable alternative.
VXT - B 23
O
p
e
n
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
4.0 Drift Eliminators
4.1 Drift Eliminators: Eliminators shall be constructed of specially
formulated plastic material and be removable in easily handled
sections. They shall have a minimum of three changes in air direction.
5.0 Access
5.1 Basin Access: Circular access doors shall be provided for easy
access to the make-up water assembly and suction strainer for
routine maintenance.
6.0 Sound
6.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
Overview
CCCT - C 1
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
Product Group Detail
General Information ................................................................................. C2
Principle of Operation .............................................................................. C2
Configuration ............................................................................................. C2
Fan System ................................................................................................. C3
Capacity Range .......................................................................................... C3
Maximum Entering Fluid Temperature .................................................. C4
Typical Applications .................................................................................. C4
Product Line Overview Table .................................................................. C4
Advantages of Closed Circuit Cooling Towers ....................................... C6
Engineering Considerations ..................................................................... C9
CCCT - C 2
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
General Information
Closed circuit cooling towers provide evaporative cooling for many types of systems, and the
specific application will largely determine which BAC Closed Circuit Cooling Tower is best suited
for a project. The Product Line Overview Table is intended as a general guide. Specialized
assistance is available through your local BAC Balticare Representative.
Principle of Operation
Closed circuit cooling towers operate in a manner similar to open cooling towers, except that the
heat load to be rejected is transferred from the process fluid (the fluid being cooled) to the ambient
air through a heat exchange coil. The coil serves to isolate the process fluid from the outside air,
keeping it clean and contamination free in a closed loop. This creates two separate fluid circuits:
(1) an external circuit, in which spray water circulates over the coil and mixes with the outside air,
and (2) an internal circuit, in which the process fluid circulates inside the coil. During operation,
heat is transferred from the internal circuit, through the coil to the spray water, and then to the
atmosphere as a portion of the water evaporates.
Configuration
BAC manufactures two types of closed circuit cooling towers: combined flow and counterflow.
Combined Flow
Combined flow is the use of both a heat exchange coil and wet deck surface for heat transfer in a
closed circuit cooling tower. The addition of wet deck surface to the traditional closed circuit cooling
tower design reduces evaporation in the coil section, reducing the potential for scaling and fouling.
BACs combined flow closed circuit cooling towers utilize parallel flow of air and spray water over
the coil, and crossflow air/water flow through the wet deck surface.
In parallel flow, air and water flow over the coil in the same direction. The process fluid travels from
the bottom to the top of the coil, increasing efficiency by bringing the coldest spray water and air
in contact with the process fluid at its coldest temperature.
Combined Flow: Parallel flow of air and water
over the coil in counterflow with the fluid
inside the coil
Combined Flow: Crossflow configuration over
the wet deck
CCCT - C 3
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Counterflow
In a counterflow closed circuit cooling tower
design, the flow of the air is in the opposite
direction of the spray water. In BACs counterflow
closed circuit cooling towers, air travels vertically
up through the unit while the spray water travels
vertically down over the coil.
Fan System
The flow of air through most factory assembled
evaporative cooling equipment is provided by one
or more mechanically driven fans. The fan(s) may
be axial or centrifugal, each type having its own
distinct advantages.
Axial fan units require approximately half the fan
motor kilowatt of comparably sized centrifugal fan units, offering significant life-cycle cost savings.
Centrifugal fan units are capable of overcoming reasonable amounts of external static pressure
(125 Pa), making them suitable for both indoor and outdoor installations. Centrifugal fans are also
inherently quieter than axial fans, although the difference is minimal and can often be overcome
through the application of optional low sound fans and/or sound attenuation on axial fan units. Fans
can be applied in an induced draft or a forced draft configuration.
Induced Draft
The rotating air handling components of induced draft equipment are mounted in the top deck of
the unit, minimizing the impact of fan noise on near-by neighbors and providing maximum
protection from fan icing with units operating in sub-freezing conditions. The air being drawn
through the unit hereby discharges over the inducing fan. The use of corrosion resistant materials
ensures long life and minimizes maintenance requirements for the air handling components.
Forced Draft
Rotating air-handling components are located on the air inlet face at the base of forced draft
equipment whereby fresh air is blown through the unit. This base fan position facilitates easy
access for routine maintenance and service. Additionally, location of these components in the dry
entering air stream extends component life by isolating them from the corrosive saturated
discharge air.
Capacity Range
In the Product Line Overview Table, product capacities are called out in terms of a flow rate. This
refers to the fluid flow rate that the unit can cool from a 30C entering water temperature to 25C
leaving water temperature at a 21C entering ambient wet-bulb temperature. All capacities shown
are for a single cell; multiple cell units can be applied to achieve larger capacities.
Counterflow Configuration
Centrifugal Fans Axial Fans
CCCT - C 4
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Maximum Entering Fluid Temperature
All BAC Closed Circuit Cooling Towers are capable of withstanding entering fluid temperatures as
high as 82C.
Typical Applications
A list of typical applications is provided in the Product Line Overview Table for your reference.
Product Line Overview Table
1. Air In; 2. Air Out; 3. Fluid In; 4. Fluid Out; 5. Wet Deck Surface; 6. Cold Water Basin; 7. Water Distribution System; 8. Coil; 9. Spray Water
Pump; 10. Eliminators; 11. Optional Extended Surface.
HFL, HXI and DFC water saving and hybrid wet-dry closed circuit products are available to
meet specific design requirements. Refer to the " Water Saving Products" section for more
details on these products.
VXI VFL
Principle of Operation
Configuration Counterflow Counterflow
Fan System Centrifugal Fan, Forced Draft Centrifugal Fan, Forced Draft
Capacity Range
(Single Cell)
1,5 tot 200 l/s 1 to 65 l/s
Maximum Entering
Fluid Temperature
82C 82C
Typical Applications
Small to medium HVAC & industrial
applications such as water source heat pump
loops and air compressor cooling
Indoor installations
High temperature applications
Tight enclosures & installations requiring
a single air inlet
Extremely sound sensitive applications
Small to medium HVAC & industrial applications Installations with
extremely low height requirements
Indoor installations
High temperature industrial applications
Extremely sound sensitive applications
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
CCCT - C 5
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
S1500
FXV - Single Air Inlet Models FXV-D Dual Air Inlet Models
Combined flow Combined flow
Axial Fan, Induced Draft Axial Fan, Induced Draft
3 to 149 l/s 200 to 300 l/s
82C 82C
Small to medium HVAC & industrial applications such as water
source heat pump loops and air compressor cooling
Tight enclosures & installations requiring a single air inlet
Unit replacements
Medium to large HVAC & industrial applications such as electric arc furnaces
and pharmaceutical plants
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
2
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1 1
2 2
2
3
4
10
CCCT - C 6
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Advantages of Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
Open cooling towers expose process cooling water to the atmosphere, typically as part of a chiller
system loop (see Figure 1). These open towers use an efficient, simple, and economical design.
All components in an open system must be compatible with the oxygen introduced via the cooling
tower.
Closed circuit cooling towers completely isolate process cooling fluid from the atmosphere. This is
accomplished by combining heat rejection equipment with a heat exchanger in a closed circuit
tower (see Figure 2). A closed loop system protects the quality of the process fluid, reduces system
maintenance, and provides operational flexibility at a slightly higher initial cost.
When deciding which system is best for an application, several factors should be considered.
Performance
If an application must produce full capacity throughout the year, maintaining a clean, reliable
system loop is critical. Isolating the process fluid in a closed loop system prevents airborne
Figure 1 : Chiller Loop w/Open Tower
Figure 2 : Chiller Loop w/Closed Circuit Tower
CCCT - C 7
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
contaminants from entering and fouling the system. Sustaining optimum performance in an open
loop system will require regular maintenance to assure similar efficiency. High efficiency chillers
and heat exchangers rely on clean process water to function properly and are significantly
impacted by even small amounts of fouling.
Expense
The initial equipment cost of an open loop system will be less than a comparably sized closed loop
system, since the open system does not include the intermediate heat exchanger component.
However, the higher first cost of a closed loop system will be paid back during years of operation
through the following savings:
Cleaner process fluid results in a cleaner internal surface area, and higher efficiency
components in the system (e.g. chiller)
Reduced system maintenance costs
Reduced water treatment costs for evaporative equipment
Operating in free cooling mode during the winter to save energy consumption
Maintenance
Since the process fluid of a closed loop system is completely isolated from the environment,
routine maintenance is only required on the heat rejection equipment itself. The need to shut down
the system periodically to clean the heat exchanger is dramatically reduced, if not entirely
eliminated. Providing clean process fluid to the system will extend the life of other components in
the system (condenser bundles, compressors, etc.).
Water Treatment
Maintaining proper process fluid quality in a system may involve several steps, such as chemical
treatment, filtration equipment and the addition of clean make-up water. A closed circuit cooling
tower can provide the following advantages over an open cooling tower:
Lower volume of recirculating water to treat
Process loop requires minimal treatment
During periods of dry operation, the need for make-up water is eliminated
Operational Flexibility
Closed circuit cooling towers allow for the following modes of operation not possible with open
cooling towers:
Free cooling operation without the need for an intermediate heat exchanger: Chiller turned off
Dry operation: Conserve water and treatment chemicals, prevent icing and eliminate plume
Variable pumping: Closed condenser water loop allows for variable speed pumping to conserve
energy
CCCT - C 8
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Closed Circuit Tower versus Open Tower / Heat Exchanger
Sometimes, an open cooling tower is paired with a heat exchanger (see Figure 3) to capture some
of the benefits of closed loop cooling. Choosing closed circuit cooling towers over this open tower/
heat exchanger combination may still be a better choice for the following reasons:
Total cost: Addition of a heat exchanger (pump, piping, etc.) to the open tower loop brings the
initial cost much closer to that of the closed circuit tower system
Single piece of equipment: Compact design of the closed circuit tower conserves space in a
self-contained package, compared to multiple locations for the tower/heat exchanger
arrangement
Maintenance: Narrow spacing in heat exchanger (e.g. plate and frame) may trap solids
introduced by the open tower, requiring frequent, time consuming cleaning to assure optimum
performance
Dry operation: Open tower/heat exchanger system cannot be run dry in the winter
These guidelines provide some general information to help decide whether a closed circuit cooling
tower is better suited for a particular application than an open tower, with or without a heat
exchanger. For additional assistance with a project, please contact your local BAC Balticare
Representative.
Note :
BAC offers heat exchanger skids in combination with most of his open cooling tower products.
These skids are available for both new installations or to retrofit on existing installations. The heat
exchanger skid consists of a plate heat exchanger with pump and interconnecting piping and
appendages. The skids are delivered on a heavy duty frame and with steel panel enclosure. Refer
to your BAC Balticare representative for more details and selections.
Figure 3 : Chiller Loop w/Open Tower/Heat Exchanger Combination
CCCT - C 9
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Considerations
Location
Units must have an adequate supply of fresh air to the air inlet(s). When units are located adjacent
to building walls or in enclosures, care must be taken to ensure that the warm, saturated discharge
air is not deflected off surrounding walls or enclosures and drawn back to the air inlet(s).
Warning: Each unit should be located and positioned to prevent the introduction of the warm discharge air and the
associated drift, which may contain chemical or biological contaminants including Legionella, into the ventilation
systems of the building on which the unit is located or those of adjacent buildings.
Note: For detailed recommendations on layout, please consult your local BAC Balticare Representative.
For VL and VX products, bottom screens or solid bottom panels may be desirable or necessary for
safety, depending on the location and conditions at the installation site.
Piping and Valves
Piping must be sized and installed in accordance with good piping practice. All piping should be
supported by pipe hangers or other supports, not by the unit.
Some installations may require flow balancing valves (supplied by others) at the coil inlets to
balance the flow to individual coils and cells. External shutoff valves on the closed circuit loop
(supplied by others) may also be required if the system design necessitates the isolation of
individual cells.
Although equalizing lines can be used to balance water levels between multi-cell closed circuit
cooling towers, the spray water for each cell must be treated separately, and a separate make-up
must be provided for each cell. Note that a common remote sump for multi-cell installations can
simplify make-up and water treatment see "Technical Resources, Remote Sump Tank Selection"
for details. See the appropriate Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual for more
information on water treatment.
Capacity Control
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD)
Installations which are to be controlled by Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) require the use of an
inverter duty motor as designed IEC 34.1, which recognizes the increased stresses placed on
motors by these drive systems. Inverter duty motors must be furnished on VFD applications in
order to maintain the motor warranty. Fan motors must be furnished with thermal protection (either
PTC sensors or coil thermostats normally open, or normally closed). The motor protection consists
of temperature sensitive cutout devices embedded in the motor windings (minimum 3 per motor).
The minimum fan motor speed during normal operation should be not below 30% of the speed
indicated on the motor nameplate. This corresponds with 15 Hz for a 50 Hz supply and 18 Hz for
a 60 Hz supply.
BAC offers factory installed motor control packages including VFD drives. Refer to the section
"Technical Resources, Motor Controls". Check with your local BAC Balticare representative for
availability.
Warning: When the fan speed is to be changed from the factory-set speed, including through the use of a variable
speed control device, steps must be taken to avoid operating at or near fan speeds that cause a resonance with the
unit or its supporting structure. At start-up, the variable frequency drive should be cycled slowly between zero and
full speed and any speeds that cause a noticeable resonance in the unit should be locked out by the variable speed
drive.
Fan Cycling
Fan cycling is the simplest method of capacity control. The number of steps of capacity control can
be increased using the Baltiguard
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System
Intake and Discharge Sound Attenuation
VXI - C 10
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Accessories
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the
standard mechanical make-up valve when a
more precise water level control is required. This
package consists of a float switch mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-
up water line. The valve is slow closing to
minimize water hammer.
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient
temperatures require protection to prevent
freezing of the water in the cold water basin when
the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which
maintain the water temperature at 4C, are a
simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The heater package includes the
heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the heaters if the water level is too
low. Standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient temperature.
Capacity Control Dampers
Modulating capacity control dampers are available to provide better leaving water temperature
control than can be obtained from fan cycling alone. Fan discharge dampers consist of a single
airfoil type damper blade located in the discharge of each fan housing. A standard electrical control
package for dampers is available from BAC.
Model No.
VXI
Heaters -18C
(kW)
VXI 9-X 1 x 1,5
VXI 18-X 1 x 1,5
VXI 27-X 1 x 2,5
VXI 36-X 1 x 3
VXI 50-X 1 x 4
VXI 70-X 1 x 6
VXI-C72-X 1 x 6
VXI 95-X 1 x 6
VXI-C108-X 1 x 4
VXI 144-X 2 x 4
VXI 145-X 2 x 4
VXI 180-X 2 x 5
VXI 190-X 2 x 6
VXI 215-X 2 x 6
VXI 288-X 4 x 4
VXI 290-X 4 x 4
VXI 360-X 4 x 5
VXI 430-X 4 x 6
Electric Water Level Control Package
VXI - C 11
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Solid Bottom Panels
Factory-installed bottom panels are required
when intake air is ducted to the unit.
Ladder, Safety Cage and handrails
In the event the owner requires easy access to
the top of the unit, the unit can be furnished with
ladders extending from the base of the unit to the
top, as well as safety cages, and handrail
packages.
Note: When these access options are employed, the unit must be equipped with steel drift eliminators.
Discharge Hoods
Discharge hoods reduce the risk of re-circulation
in tight enclosures by increasing discharge air
velocity, and can be used to elevate the unit
discharge above adjacent walls to comply with
layout guidelines.
Plume Abatement Coil
The use of plume abatement coils is
recommended to reduce significantly the
formation of visible plume during wet operation
and extend the dry operation capability of the
closed circuit cooling tower. The combination of
discharge air reheating and extended dry
operation minimises plume formation during
weather conditions with high relative humidity. Plume abatement coils are also an effective way to
save water and water treatment costs.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical Resources, Plume Abatement.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective
method of preventing sediment from collecting in
the cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping
system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration
equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical
Resources, Filtration".
Extended Lubrication Lines
Discharge Hood
Basin Sweeper Piping
VXI - C 12
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
VXI 9 - VXI 36
* Unit ships in one piece.
Model No.
VXI
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
VXI 9-1
VXI 9-2
VXI 9-3
780
870
980
670
760
830
660*
480
540
2245
2467
2683
914
914
914
1207
1207
1207
2,3
2,2
2,5
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
(1x) 0,25
(1x) 0,25
(1x) 0,25
(1x) 75
(1x) 95
(1x) 115
VXI 18-0
VXI 18-1
VXI 18-2
VXI 18-3
1120
1270
1440
1650
920
1030
1160
1330
920*
1030*
700
860
2035
2245
2467
2683
1829
1829
1829
1829
1207
1207
1207
1207
4,6
5,0
4,8
5,5
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 5,5
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
(1x) 0,37
(1x) 0,37
(1x) 0,37
(1x) 0,37
(1x) 98
(1x) 140
(1x) 182
(1x) 224
VXI 27-1
VXI 27-2
VXI 27-3
1760
1990
2300
1320
1500
1730
1320*
1000
1200
2343
2578
2813
2737
2737
2737
1207
1207
1207
7,6
6,8
7,1
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 7,5
7,1
7,1
7,1
(1x) 0,75
(1x) 0,75
(1x) 0,75
(1x) 205
(1x) 269
(1x) 333
VXI 36-2
VXI 36-3
2300
2850
1800
2080
1200
1440
2578
2813
3658
3658
1207
1207
10,4
10,9
(1x) 7,5
(1x) 11
9,5
9,5
(1x) 0,75
(1x) 0,75
(1x) 356
(1x) 442
1. Drain ND50; 2. Outlet Connection ND80 for VXI 9-X and ND100 for VXI 18-X, VXI 27-X and VXI 36-X; 3. Overflow ND50; 4. Make Up ND25;
5. Inlet Connection ND80 for VXI 9-X and ND100 for VXI 18-X, VXI 27-X and VXI 36-X; 6. Vent ND15; 7. Access Door (not shown).
VXI - C 13
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VXI 50 - VXI 70
VXI C72 - C108
Model No.
VXI
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
VXI 50-2
VXI 50-3
VXI 50-4
3740
4280
4825
2670
2950
3255
1720
1980
2240
3093
3328
3563
3645
3645
3645
1438
1438
1438
14,6
15,7
16,9
(1x) 11
(1x) 11
(1x) 15
13,9
13,9
13,9
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 1,5
(1x) 515
(1x) 638
(1x) 762
VXI 70-2
VXI 70-3
VXI 70-4
6490
7190
8075
4250
4770
5315
2630
3150
3665
3586
3821
4056
3550
3550
3550
2397
2397
2397
20,8
22,9
22,2
(1x) 15
(1x) 18,5
(1x) 18,5
19,2
19,2
19,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(2x) 356
(2x) 442
(2x) 527
Model No.
VXI
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
VXI C072-2
VXI C072-3
VXI C072-4
6490
7190
8075
4250
4770
5315
2630
3150
3665
3585
3820
4055
3550
3550
3550
2245
2245
2245
20,8
22,9
22,2
(1x) 15
(1x) 18,5
(1x) 18,5
19,2
19,2
19,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(2x) 356
(2x) 442
(2x) 527
VXI C108-2
VXI C108-3
VXI C108-4
9695
10630
11760
6145
6945
7830
3885
4685
5485
3585
3820
4055
5385
5385
5385
2245
2245
2245
33,5
32,2
31,1
(1x) 22
(1x) 22
(1x) 22
29,0
29,0
29,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(2x) 532
(2x) 661
(2x) 790
1. Drain ND50; 2. Outlet Connection ND100; 3. Overflow ND 80; 4. Make Up ND25 for VXI 50-X and ND50 for VXI 70-X; 5. Inlet Connection
ND100; 6. Vent ND 15; 7. Access Door.
1. Drain ND50; 2. Outlet Connection ND100; 3. Overflow ND50; 4. Make Up ND25; 5. Inlet Connection ND100; 6. Vent ND15; 7. Access Door.
VXI - C 14
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VXI 95 - VXI 290
* Pan section is heaviest section.
Model
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
VXI 95-2
VXI 95-3
VXI 95-4
7740
8630
9520
4990
5630
6180
3200
3850
4470
4013
4248
4483
3550
3550
3550
2397
2397
2397
27,6
26,7
26,2
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
(1x) 30
25,2
25,2
25,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(2x) 448
(2x) 556
(2x) 664
VXI 145-1
VXI 145-2
VXI 145-3
VXI 145-4
10100
11460
12810
14160
6300
7280
8175
9260
3780
4715
5710
6690
3778
4013
4248
4483
5385
5385
5385
5385
2397
2397
2397
2397
39,9
38,6
37,5
36,6
(1x) 37
(1x) 37
(1x) 37
(1x) 37
38,5
38,5
38,5
38,5
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(2x) 506
(2x) 669
(2x) 832
(2x) 995
VXI 190-2
VXI 190-3
VXI 190-4
15400
17160
18920
9820
11100
12305
3390*
3840
4470
4013
4248
4483
7226
7226
7226
2397
2397
2397
55,4
53,4
52,5
(2x) 30
(2x) 30
(2x) 30
50,4
50,4
50,4
(2x) 2,2
(2x) 2,2
(2x) 2,2
(4x) 448
(4x) 556
(4x) 664
VXI 290-1
VXI 290-2
VXI 290-3
VXI 290-4
20350
22980
25700
28420
12680
14570
16550
18505
5120*
5120*
5710
6690
3778
4013
4248
4483
10903
10903
10903
10903
2397
2397
2397
2397
79,5
77,8
75,0
73,1
(2x) 37
(2x) 37
(2x) 37
(2x) 37
77,0
77,0
77,0
77,0
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(4x) 506
(4x) 669
(4x) 832
(4x) 995
1. Drain ND50 (not shown); 2. Outlet Connection ND100; 3. Overflow ND80; 4. Make Up ND50; 5. Inlet Connection ND100; 6. Vent ND15; 7.
Access Door.
VXI - C 15
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VXI 180 - VXI 360
VXI 144 - VXI 430
Model
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
VXI 180-2
VXI 180-3
VXI 180-4
12970
14590
16250
8990
10200
11530
5810
7010
8200
4075
4310
4545
5388
5388
5388
3000
3000
3000
51,4
50,0
52,0
(2x) 18,5
(2x) 18,5
(2x) 22,0
46,7
46,7
46,7
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(2x) 847
(2x) 1052
(2x) 1258
VXI 360-2
VXI 360-3
VXI 360-4
25840
29090
32500
17940
20380
23100
5810
7010
8200
4075
4310
4545
10903
10903
10903
3000
3000
3000
102,9
100,1
104,0
(4x) 18,5
(4x) 18,5
(4x) 22,0
93,4
93,4
93,4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(4x) 847
(4x) 1052
(4x) 1258
1. Drain ND50; 2. Outlet Connection ND100; 3. Overflow ND80; 4. Make Up ND50 for VXI 180-X and ND80 for VXI 360-X; 5. Inlet Connection
ND100; 6. Vent ND15; 7. Access Door.
1. Drain ND50; 2. Outlet Connection ND100. 3. Overflow ND80; 4. Make Up ND50 for VXI 144-X, VXI 215-X, VXI 288-X and ND80 for VXI 430-
X; 5. Inlet Connection ND 100; 6. Vent ND15; 7. Access Door.
VXI - C 16
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
* Pan section is heaviest section.
General Notes
1. Make up, overflow, suction, drain connections and access door
can be provided on side opposite to that shown; consult your
BAC Balticare representative.
2. Unit height is indicative, for precise value refer to certified print.
3. Shipping/operating weights indicated are for units without
accessories such as sound attenuators, discharge hoods, etc.
Consult factory certified prints to obtain weight additions and the
heaviest section to be lifted.
4. The drawings for units with only one spray pump show the
standard right hand arrangement, which has the air inlet side on
the right when facing the connection end. Left hand
arrangement can be furnished by special order.
5. Coil, overflow, make-up and spray water connections are always
located on the same end of the unit. For double pump units an
additional set of coil connections and an additional overflow
connection will be installed on the other end of the unit.
6. For indoor applications of closed circuit cooling towers, the room
may be used as a plenum with ductwork attached to the
discharge only. If inlet ductwork is required, an enclosed fan
section must be specified; consult your BAC Balticare
representative for details.
7. Fan kW is at 0 Pa ESP. To operate against external static
pressure up to 125 Pa, increase each fan motor one size.
8. On models VXI 9 to VXI 36 access doors are located at the
opposite of the air inlet side, ensure sufficient space for entry
when positioning these units.
9. When flow rate on models VXI 27, VXI 36 and VXI 50 exceeds 30
l/s the quantity of coil connections will be double.
When flow rate on models VXI 70, VXI C72, VXI C108, VXI 95,
VXI 145, VXI 180, VXI 144, VXI 215 exceeds 60 l/s the coil
connections will be double
When flow rate on models VXI 190, VXI 290, VXI 360, VXI 288
and VXI 430 exceeds 120 l/s the quantity of coil connections will
be double.
10. Models VXI 9 through VXI 145 have one coil section and one fan
motor, which can be switched on and off.
Models VXI-95, 144, 145, 180 and 215 have one coil section and
one or two fan motors. Fan cycling results in only on-off
operation. On these units all fans need to operate simultaneously.
Models VXI-190, 288, 290, 360 and 430 have 2 coil casing
sections and one or two fan motors per coil casing section. Fan
cycling results in only on-off operation. On these units all fans
need to operate simultaneously per coil casing section.
Multiple speed motors are available for additional steps of
capacity control. Modulating capacity control can be obtained
with fan discharge dampers. Consult your local BAC Balticare
representative for details.
11. For dry operation, standard motors must be increased one size to
avoid motor overloading. Extended surface coils are available to
vastly increase dry capacity without motor size increase. Consult
your local BAC Balticare representative for selection and pricing.
Model
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
VXI 144-2
VXI 144-3
VXI 144-4
12070
13390
14710
7270
8210
8470
4680
5610
6550
4075
4310
4545
3550
3550
3550
3607
3607
3607
38,6
40,2
39,4
(1x) 30
(1x) 37
(1x) 37
39,1
39,1
39,1
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(2x) 686
(2x) 851
(2x) 1015
VXI 215-1
VXI 215-2
VXI 215-3
VXI 215-4
15830
17730
19730
21690
9130
10460
12035
13435
5510
6900
8310
9710
3840
4075
4310
4545
5388
5388
5388
5388
3607
3607
3607
3607
59,4
57,9
62,3
60,4
(2x) 22
(2x) 22
(2x) 30
(2x) 30
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(2x) 774
(2x) 1024
(2x) 1272
(2x) 1521
VXI 288-2
VXI 288-3
VXI 288-4
24230
26850
29540
14520
16520
18280
5280*
5610
6550
4075
4310
4545
7226
7226
7226
3607
3607
3607
77,3
80,0
78,8
(2x) 30
(2x) 37
(2x) 37
78,2
78,2
78,2
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(4x) 686
(4x) 851
(4x) 1015
VXI 430-1
VXI 430-2
VXI 430-3
VXI 430-4
31750
35550
39550
43560
18230
20890
23770
26845
7210*
7210*
8300
9710
3840
4075
4310
4545
10903
10903
10903
10903
3607
3607
3607
3607
119,2
115,9
124,6
120,7
(4x) 22
(4x) 22
(4x) 30
(4x) 30
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(2x) 4
(4x) 774
(4x) 1024
(4x) 1272
(4x) 1521
VXI - C 17
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Sound Attenuation
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
XA + XB Sound Attenuation
XC Sound Attenuation
1. Access Door; L1= Intake Attenuator Length; L2= Discharge Attenuator Length; W= Unit Width; H.= Unit Height (see Engineering Data).
1. Access Door; L1= Intake Attenuator Length; L2= Discharge Attenuator Length; W= Unit Width; H.= Unit Height (see Engineering Data).
VXI - C 18
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
(1) VXI 9-1, VXI 18-0 and VXI 18-1 + Attenuator are shipped in 3 pieces
(2) Intake Attenuator: Access opening is 775 mm high, 405 mm wide and is located at each end of the unit.
(2) Discharge Attenuator : Access opening is 405 mm high, 1170 mm wide and is located at blank off side of the unit (VXI-9-X has 650 mm
width)
VXI
Unit + Atten.
# pieces
shipped
# Access
doors
(2)
XA, XB, XC
Dimensions
(mm)
Weights
(kg)
W2 H1 W1 L1 L2 Intake
Solid
Bottom
Discharge Total
XA, XB, XC
Disch.
Att.
Int.
Att.
XA, XB XC XA, XB, XC XA XB XC XA XB XC XA XB XC
9-X 4
(1)
1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 890 902 110 130 N.A. 30 130 150 N.A. 270 310 N.A.
18-X 4
(1)
1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 1800 1816 175 220 N.A. 50 175 220 N.A. 400 490 N.A.
27-X 4 1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 2710 2731 230 300 N.A. 70 280 350 N.A. 580 720 N.A.
36-X 4 1 2 2352 N.A. 1090 1030 3635 3645 300 370 830 100 360 420 N.A. 760 890 N.A.
50-X 4 1 2 2583 3728 1600 1420 3635 3645 380 480 1080 120 440 520 1070 940 1120 2270
70-X 4 1 2 3542 4687 2070 1955 3525 3645 500 630 1420 190 530 650 1330 1220 1470 2940
C72-X 4 1 2 3390 4535 2070 1955 3525 3645 500 630 1420 190 530 650 1330 1220 1810 3400
95-X 4 1 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 3525 3645 500 630 1420 190 660 800 1640 1350 1620 3250
C108-X 4 2 2 3390 4535 2070 1955 5365 5480 660 860 1970 300 760 970 1980 1720 2590 4920
145-X 4 2 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 5365 5480 660 860 1970 300 830 1090 2240 1790 2250 4510
190-X 7 2 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 7050 7322 1000 1260 2840 380 1320 1600 3280 2700 3240 6500
290-X 7 4 2 3542 4687 2070 2365 10730 10998 1320 1720 3940 600 1660 2180 4480 3580 4500 9020
180-X 4 2 2 4145 5290 2560 2965 5365 5480 730 980 2240 350 900 1210 2490 1980 2540 5080
360-X 7 4 2 4145 5290 2560 2965 10730 10994 1460 1960 4480 700 1800 2420 4980 3960 5080 10160
144-X 4 1 2 4752 5897 2560 3575 3525 3645 560 710 1620 280 810 1030 2130 1650 2020 4030
215-X 4 2 2 4752 5897 2560 3575 5365 5480 730 980 2240 420 1020 1410 2920 2170 2810 5580
288-X 7 2 2 4752 5897 2560 3575 7050 7322 1120 1420 3240 560 1620 2060 4260 3300 4040 8060
430-X 7 4 2 4752 5897 2560 3575 10730 10994 1460 1960 4480 840 2040 2820 5840 4340 5620 11160
VXI - C 19
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Heat Loss Data
(1) Heat loss data based on 10C water and -14C ambient temperature with 20 m/s wind velocity (fans and pump off)
Remote Sump Data
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Model No.
VXI
Minimum flow
(l/s)
Heatloss Data (kW)
(1)
Standard Unit Unit with Hood and PCD's
9-1
9-2
9-3
3,5
5,1
6,2
6,9
3,6
4,0
4,3
18-0
18-1
18-2
18-3
3,5
7,3
9,7
11,8
13,6
5,4
5,8
6,1
6,5
27-1
27-2
27-3
3,5
15,1
18,2
20,6
9,0
9,7
10,4
36-2
36-3
3,5
23,8
27,2
13,3
14,1
50-2
50-3
50-4
5,0
32,7
37,4
42,1
16,9
17,7
18,5
70-2
70-3
70-4
7,0
44,8
50,9
57,0
17,7
18,4
19,1
C72-2
C72-3
C72-4
7,0
44,8
50,9
57,0
17,7
18,4
19,1
95-2
95-3
95-4
8,0
74,3
84,0
93,7
27,2
28,6
30,0
C108-2
C108-3
C108-4
8,0
67,0
75,8
84,6
27,2
28,4
29,6
144-2
144-3
144-4
13,0
112,8
127,6
141,6
25,9
26,4
27,7
145-1
145-2
145-3
145-4
8,0
95,6
111,8
126,0
140,2
35,8
37,6
39,5
41,5
180-2
180-3
180-4
11,0
101,7
114,9
128,1
34,0
35,5
37,0
190-2
190-3
190-4
16,0
149,4
168,9
188,4
63,7
66,9
70.2
215-1
215-2
215-3
215-4
13,0
142,6
169,9
191,5
212,0
54,1
56,8
59,7
62,7
288-2
288-3
288-4
26,0
222,0
248,9
276,3
76,3
80,1
84,1
290-1
290-2
290-3
290-4
16,0
187,2
223,6
252,0
280,4
71,6
75,2
78,9
82,7
360-2
360-3
360-4
22,0
200,4
227,1
253,8
68,5
71,0
73,5
430-1
430-2
430-3
430-4
26,0
280,9
334,8
377,3
418,8
108,8
114,3
120,0
126,0
VXI - C 20
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units without Sound Attenuation
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for VX units consists of
parallel I-beams extending the full length of the unit. Supports
and anchor bolts are to be designed and furnished by others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should
be 70% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform
load to each of the unit beams. The support beam(s) for the
optional intake attenuator(s) needs to carry attenuator only,
uniform load of 250 kg/m. Beams should be designed in
accordance with standard structural practice. For the maximum
allowable deflection of beams under the unit refer to above table.
4. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22 mm at the locations
shown.
5. If vibration isolators are used, a rail or channel must be provided
between the unit (and optional attenuator) and the isolators to
provide continuous unit support. Additionally the support beams
must be designed to accommodate the overall length and
mounting hole location of the isolators that may differ from those
of the unit. Refer to vibration isolator drawings for these data.
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting holes 22 mm, 3. Unit; 4. Air Intake.
VXI - C 21
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Units with Sound Attenuation
Model
VXI
A
Unit Length
(mm)
B
Unit width
(mm)
C
Center dis.
Length
(mm)
D
Center dis.
Width
(mm)
E
(mm)
F
(mm)
G
(mm)
X
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Mounting
holes
9-X 914 1207 750 1153 - - - 2 4
18-X 1829 1207 1664 1153 - - - 5 4
27-X 2737 1207 2572 1153 - - - 8 4
36-X 3658 1207 3492 1153 - - - 10 4
50-X 3645 1438 3492 1378 - - - 10 4
70-X 3550 2397 3238 2397 - - - 10 4
C72-X 3550 2245 3238 2175 - - - 10 4
95-X 3550 2397 3238 2327 - - - 10 4
C108-X 5385 2245 5074 2175 2486 102 - 13 8
145-X 5385 2397 5074 2327 2486 102 - 13 8
190-X 7226 2397 6914 2327 3238 438 - 13 8
290-X 10903 2397 10586 2327 2486 102 438 13 16
180-X 5388 3000 5074 2934 2486 102 - 13 8
360-X 10903 3000 10586 2934 2486 102 438 13 16
144-X 3550 3607 3238 3537 - - - 10 4
215-X 5388 3607 5074 3537 2486 102 - 13 8
288-X 7226 3607 6914 3537 3238 438 - 13 8
430-X 10903 3607 10586 3537 2486 102 438 13 16
1. Outline of Unit; 2. Mounting Holes 22 mm; 3. Outline of attenuator (optional XA or XB);4. Support Channel attached to optional XA or XB
attenuator; 5.+3. Outline of Attenuator (optional XC); 6.+4. Support Channels attached to optional XC attenuator; 7. Unit; 8. Sound Attenuator;
9. Air Intake.
VXI - C 22
V
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Closed Circuit Cooling Tower
1.0 General: Furnish and install ____factory assembled, forced draft,
centrifugal fan, closed circuit cooling tower(s) with vertical air
discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications and
schedules as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions shall not
exceed approximately ____mm long x ____mm wide x ____ mm
high. The total connected fan kW shall not exceed ____kW. The total
connected pump kW shall not exceed ____kW. The closed circuit
cooling tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Company Model(s)
________________.
1.2. Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The closed-
circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by the manufacturer to cool
______l/s of _______ water from ____C to ____C at ____C
entering wet-bulb temperature.
(Alternate1.2.) Thermal Capacity (aqueous glycol solution as heat
transfer fluid): The closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted
by the manufacturer to cool ________l/s of _____% by volume
ethylene/propylene glycol solution from ______C to _____C at
_____C entering wet-bulb temperature. Coil pressure drop shall not
exceed ________bar.
1.3. Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized steel,
with all sheared edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound and the exterior protected with the Baltiplus Corrosion
Protection.
(Alternate1.3.) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise
noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural members
shall be protected with the BALTIBOND Corrosion Protection
System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized
steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, and dry) process
with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting hybrid polymer fuse-
bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated curing stage and
monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural
members shall be constructed of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel and
assembled with stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners.
1.4. Quality Assurance: The closed circuit cooling tower
manufacturer shall have a management system certified by an
accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO-
9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of its products and services.
1.5. Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1.Tower Structure: The closed circuit cooling tower shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake flanges for
maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of water-tight
joints. All sheared edges shall be protected with a coating of zinc-rich
compound.
2.2. Casing Assembly: The closed circuit cooling tower shall include
a coil casing section consisting of a serpentine coil, spray water
distribution system, and drift eliminators, as indicated by the
manufacturer. Plastic drift eliminators shall be removable in easily
handled sections. They shall incorporate a minimum of three changes
in air direction.
2.3. Coil Assembly: The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at the manufacturers
own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. The cooling coil
shall be pneumatically tested at 15 bar. The cooling coil shall be
designed for low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of
fluid and shall be compliant to PED. Maximum allowable working
pressure shall be 10 bar.
2.4. Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
over the coil at a minimum flow rate of 3,1 l/s/m to ensure complete
wetting of the coil at all times by large-diameter, non-clog, plastic 360
distribution nozzles, spaced across the coil face area in PVC spray
branches by snap-in rubber grommets, allowing quick removal of
individual nozzles or complete branches for cleaning or flushing.
Nozzles shall utilize a two-stage diffusion pattern to provide
overlapping, umbrella spray patterns that create multiple intersection
points with adjacent nozzles.
2.5. Spray Pump System: The closed circuit cooling tower shall
include a close-coupled, bronze-fitted centrifugal pump equipped with
a mechanical seal, mounted on the basin and piped to the suction
strainer and water distribution system. It shall be installed so that it
can be drained when the basin is drained. The pump assembly shall
include a metering valve and bleed line to control the bleed rate from
the pump discharge to the overflow connection. The pump motor shall
be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type with IP 55 protection and
class B insulation suitable for outdoor service, _____ kW,
_______Volt, ________Hz, ______Phase.
(Alternate 2.5.) Spray Pump System-Remote Sump: On installations
requiring a remote sump, the closed circuit cooling tower shall be
modified to accommodate the use of an independent basin and pump
(both by others) for recirculating water.
2.6. Basin Assembly: The combination basin/fan section shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 galvanized steel. The basin shall
be provided with large area lift out strainers with perforated openings
sized smaller than the water distribution nozzles and an anti-vortexing
device to prevent air entrainment. The strainer and vortex device shall
be constructed of the same material as the cold water basin to
prevent dissimilar metal corrosion.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Fan System: The fans and motors shall be factory installed at the
base of the unit in the dry entering air stream to provide greater
reliability and ease of maintenance. The forwardly curved centrifugal
fans shall be heavy-duty centrifugal flow types. Fan housings shall
have curved inlet rings for efficient air entry and rectangular discharge
cowls shall extend into the basin to increase fan efficiency and
prevent water from entering the fans. Fans shall be mounted on a
steel fan shaft supported by heavy-duty self-aligning, relubricatable
ball bearings with cast iron housings and designed for a minimum L10
life of 40 000 hours (280 000 hrs average life). The fan shaft shall be
protected with a two-part epoxy coating for corrosion protection.
3.2. Fan Motor/Drive System: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed
fan cooled (TEFC), IP-55, class F, selected for _____Pa static
pressure. Fan motor(s) shall be suitable for _____ volts, ____ phase,
____ Hz electrical service and shall be mounted on an easily
adjusted, heavy-duty motor base. V-belt drives and all moving parts
are protected with removable screens.
(Alternate 3.2.) Baltiguard Fan System: Two single speed fan
motors, one sized for full speed and load, the other sized for 2/3
speed and approximately 1/3 of full load kW shall be provided in each
cell for capacity control and standby protection from drive or motor
failure. Two-speed motor(s) is not an acceptable alternative.
VXI - C 23
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
4.0 Drift Eliminators
4.1 Drift Eliminators: Eliminators shall be constructed of specially
formulated plastic material and be removable in easily handled
sections. They shall have a minimum of three changes in air direction.
5.0 Access
5.1 Basin Access: Circular access doors shall be provided for easy
access to the make-up water assembly and suction strainer for
routine maintenance.
6.0 Sound
6.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
VFL - C 1
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
VFL
Product Detail
VFL Closed Circuit Cooling Tower ......................................................... C2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... C4
Construction Details .................................................................................. C6
Custom Features and Options .................................................................. C7
Accessories ................................................................................................. C9
Engineering Data ..................................................................................... C11
Structural Support .................................................................................. C16
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... C17
VFL - C 2
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VFL Closed Circuit Cooling Tower
Capacity
Single Model Capacity:
1 to 65 l/s
General Description
VFL Closed Circuit Cooling Towers deliver fully rated thermal performance over a wide range of
flow and temperature requirements. The VFL can be installed indoors and minimize sound levels,
and are available to accommodate limited ceiling or enclosure heights. The VFL design minimizes
installation costs, provides year-round operating reliability, and simplifies maintenance
requirements.
Key Features
Suitable for indoor and outdoor installations
Suitable for high temperature applications
Suitable for locations with limited ceiling or enclosure heights and roof top installations
Low sound
Single side air inlet
Low energy consumption
Low installed cost
Easy maintenance
Reliable year-round operation
Long service life
VFL - C 3
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
VFL - C 4
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Installation and Application Flexibility
Indoor Installations Centrifugal fans can
overcome the static pressure imposed by
external ductwork, allowing this type of cooling
towers to be installed indoors.
Low Profile Models The fan section of low
profile units is adjacent to the casing section to
yield models suitable for use in height sensitive
installations. Low profile models are available
in heights of 1855 mm up to 2560 mm.
Low Sound
Centrifugal Fan - Centrifugal fans have
inherently low sound characteristics.
Single Side Air Inlet - Particularly sound-
sensitive areas can be accommodated by
facing the quiet side (back panel) to the sound-
sensitive direction.
Low Energy Consumption
Evaporative Cooling Equipment minimizes
the energy consumption of the entire system
because it provides lower operating
temperatures. The owner saves money while
conserving natural resources and reducing
environmental impact.
Low Installed Cost
Support All models mount directly on two
parallel I-beams (supplied by others) and ship
complete with motors and drives, factory-
installed and aligned.
Modular Design All models without intake or
discharge accessories ship in one piece to
minimize field installation time and lifting time.
Easy Maintenance
Internal Access - The interior of the unit is
easily accessible for adjusting the float valve,
cleaning the strainer or flushing the basin.
Low profile unit shown in contrast to a
standard unit
Modular Design
VFL - C 5
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Reliable Year-Round Operation
V-Belt Drive The fans, motor, and drive system are located outside of the moist discharge
airstream, protecting them from moisture, condensation and icing hence allowing a safe year-
round operation.
Long Service Life
Materials of Construction Various materials are available to meet the corrosion resistance,
unit operating life, and budgetary requirements of any project.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical Resources, Materials of Construction.
The interior of the unit is easily accessible V-Belt Drive for Series VL
VFL - C 6
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Construction Details
1. Heavy Duty Construction
Z600 hot-dip galvanized steel panels
2. Water Distribution System
Plastic spray header and branches
Large orifice, non-clog nozzles
Grommetted for easy maintenance
3. Coil
Continuous serpentine, steel tubing
Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF)
Sloped tubes for free drainage of fluid
Designed for max. 10 bar operating pressure according
to PED
4. Drift Eliminators
UV resistant non-corrosive material, impervious to rot,
decay and biological attack
Three distinct changes in air direction to reduce drift loss
significantly
Assembled in easy to handle sections, which can be
removed for access to the equipment interior
5. Fan Drive System
V-belt drive
Heavy-duty bearings and fan motor
6. Centrifugal Fan(s)
Quiet Operation
7. Recirculating Spray Pump
Close coupled, bronze fitted centrifugal pump
Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) motor
Bleed line with metering valve installed from pump
discharge to overflow
8. Access Door
Circular access door
9. Strainer (Not Shown)
Anti-vortex design to prevent air entrainment
VFL - C 7
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Custom Features and Options
Construction Options
Standard Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are
constructed of Z600 heavy-gauge hot-dip
galvanized steel protected with the Baltiplus
Corrosion Protection on the outside of the unit.
Optional BALTIBOND
Corrosion
Protection System:
The BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection
System, a hybrid polymer coating used to
extend equipment life, is applied before
assembly to all hot-dip galvanized steel
components of the unit.
Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of stainless steel either type 304 or 316.
Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A cost-effective alternative to an all stainless steel unit. The critical components in the cold
water basin and the cold water basin itself are provided in stainless steel. The remaining
components are protected with the BALTIBOND
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System
Sound Attenuation at Air Inlet and Discharge
VFL - C 9
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Accessories
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the
standard mechanical make-up valve when a
more precise water level control is required. This
package consists of a float switch mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-
up water line. The valve is slow closing to
minimize water hammer.
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing of the
water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which maintain the
water temperature at 4C, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The
heater package includes the heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the
heaters if the water level is too low. Standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient
temperature.
Plume Abatement Coil
The use of plume abatement coils is
recommended to reduce significantly the
formation of visible plume during wet operation
and extend the dry operation capability of the
closed circuit cooling tower. The combination of
discharge air reheating and extended dry
operation minimises plume formation during
weather conditions with high relative humidity.
Plume abatement coils are also an effective way
to save water and water treatment costs.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical
Resources, Plume Abatement.
Model No.
VFL
Heaters -18C
(kW)
VFL 24X 1 x 3
VFL 36X 1 x 4
VFL 48X 1 x 5
VFL 72X 2 x 4
VFL 96X 2 x 5
Electric Water Level Control Package
Plume Abatement Coil
VFL - C 10
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Capacity Control Dampers
Modulating capacity control dampers are available to provide better leaving water temperature
control than can be obtained from fan cycling alone. Fan discharge dampers consist of a single
airfoil type damper blade located in the discharge of each fan housing. A standard electrical control
package for dampers is available from BAC.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of preventing sediment from collecting in the
cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical Resources, Filtration".
Discharge Hoods
Discharge hoods reduce the risk of re-circulation in tight enclosures by increasing discharge air
velocity, and can be used to elevate the unit discharge above adjacent walls to comply with layout
guidelines.
Discharge Hoods with Positive Closure
Dampers
BAC offers a full line of standard discharge hoods
with and without positive closure dampers that
are built, tested, and rated specifically for all
Series V Closed Circuit Cooling Towers. The
tapered hoods are designed to increase the
discharge air velocity to avoid recirculation in
extremely tight enclosures. Straight or tapered
hoods can be used to elevate the unit discharge
above adjacent walls. A larger fanmotor may be
necessary when this option is provided. For
details of hoods furnished with positive closure
dampers see section Engineering Data Heat
Loss Data.
Positive Closure Damper Section
VFL - C 11
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
VFL 24 X - VFL 48 X
Model No.
VFL
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
L2
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(L)
VFL 241-H
VFL 242-H
VFL 242-J
VFL 243-J
1950
2220
2230
2470
1280
1460
1490
1670
1280
1460
1490
1670
1855
2015
2015
2230
3350
3350
3350
3350
1820
1820
1820
1820
1250
1250
1250
1250
7,6
7,4
8,1
7,9
4
4
5,5
5,5
5,9
5,9
5,9
5,9
0,55
0,55
0,55
0,55
(1x) 176
(1x) 229
(1x) 229
(1x) 282
VFL 361-L
VFL 361-M
VFL 362-M
VFL 363-K
VFL 363-M
2800
2810
3130
3470
3540
1810
1820
2090
2280
2350
1810
1820
2090
2280
2350
1855
1855
2090
2350
2350
4560
4560
4560
4560
4560
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
12,7
13,8
13,4
10,8
13,0
11
15
15
7,5
15
9,0
9,0
9,0
9,0
9,0
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
(1x) 258
(1x) 258
(1x) 338
(1x) 418
(1x) 418
VFL 481-M
VFL 482-L
VFL 483-L
VFL 483-M
VFL 484-M
3490
3930
4390
4400
4860
2170
2490
2830
2840
3170
2170
2490
2830
2840
3170
1855
2090
2350
2350
2560
5480
5480
5480
5480
5480
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
15,1
13,6
13,4
14,6
14,3
15
11
11
15
15
12,1
12,1
12,1
12,1
12,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
(1x) 341
(1x) 448
(1x) 556
(1x) 556
(1x) 664
1. Fluid in ND100; 2. Fluid Out ND100; 3.Access Door; 4. Make Up ND25; 5. Overflow ND50 for VFL 24X - VFL 36x and ND80 for VFL 48X; 6.
Drain ND50; 7. Vent ND15.
VFL - C 12
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VFL 72 X - VFL 96 X
General Notes
1. All location dimensions for coil connections are approximate and
should not be used for prefabrication of connecting piping.
2. If discharge hoods with positive closure dampers are furnished,
see table in section Engineering Data Straight Discharge Hood
with PCD for added weight and height.
3. For external static pressure up to 125 Pa use next larger motor
size.
4. For indoor applications of fluid coolers, the room may be used as
a plenum with ductwork attached to the discharge only. If inlet
ductwork is required, an enclosed fan section must be specified;
consult your BAC Balticare representative for details.
5. Fan cycling results only in on-off operation. For additional steps
of control, two-speed fan motors are available. More precise
capacity control can be obtained with modulation fan discharge
dampers or a BALTIGUARD
Drive System
6. Make up, overflow, suction, drain connections and access door
can be provided on side opposite to that shown; consult your
BAC Balticare representative.
7. Shipping/operating weights indicated are for units without
accessories such as sound attenuators, discharge hoods, plume
abatement coils, etc. Consult factory certified prints to obtain
weight additions and the heaviest section to be lifted.
Model No.
VFL
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L1
(mm)
L2
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(L)
VFL 721-L
VFL 721-M
VFL 721-O
VFL 722-N
VFL 722-O
VFL 723-L
VFL 723-O
VFL 724-O
5150
5160
5190
5880
5900
6610
6650
7320
3150
3160
3190
3700
3720
4210
4250
4790
3150
3160
3190
3700
3720
4210
4250
4790
1855
1855
1855
2090
2090
2350
2350
2560
4560
4560
4560
4560
4560
4560
4560
4560
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
20,0
21,8
24,6
22,8
24,0
19,3
23,4
22,9
11
15
22
18,5
22
11
22
22
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
(2x) 258
(2x) 258
(2x) 258
(2x) 338
(2x) 338
(2x) 418
(2x) 418
(2x) 498
VFL 961-P
VFL 962-N
VFL 962-O
VFL 962-P
VFL 963-O
VFL 963-P
VFL 964-P
6520
7285
7310
7400
8210
8310
9300
3850
4360
4400
4500
5060
5160
5810
3850
4360
4400
4500
5080
5160
5810
1855
2090
2090
2090
2350
2350
2560
5480
5480
5480
5480
5480
5480
5480
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
28,7
24,5
25,9
28,3
25,6
27,9
27,4
30
18,5
22
30
22
30
30
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
(2x) 341
(2x) 448
(2x) 448
(2x) 448
(2x) 556
(2x) 556
(2x) 664
1. Fluid in ND100; 2. Fluid Out ND100; 3.Access Door; 4. Make Up ND50; 5. Overflow ND80; 6. Drain ND50; 7. Vent ND15.
VFL - C 13
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Sound Attenuation
HS Horizontal Intake Sound Attenuation
HD Horizontal Intake Sound Attenuation
1.Discharge attenuator, 2. Access Door, 3. Intake Attenuator; W & H = Unit Dimensions (See Engineering Data).
1.Discharge attenuator, 2. Access Door, 3. Intake Attenuator; W & H = Unit Dimensions (See Engineering Data).
VFL - C 14
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
VS Vertical Intake Sound Attenuation
Note: All units with HS, VS or HD attenuators ship in 2 pieces.
Model No
VFL
Dimensions (mm) Maximum Weight (kg)
L2 L1
Intake Attenuator + Solid
Bottom
Discharge Attenuator Total
HS HD VS HS,HD,VS HS HD HS HD HS HD VS
VFL 24X 2390 3125 2010 1820 460 655 215 235 675 890 725
VFL 36X 2640 3375 2010 2730 465 660 295 315 760 975 830
VFL 48X 2640 3375 2010 3650 465 660 365 385 830 1045 915
VFL 72X 2640 3375 2010 2730 665 980 465 500 1130 1480 1205
VFL 96X 2640 3375 2010 3650 665 980 565 605 1230 1585 1310
1.Discharge attenuator, 2. Access Door, 3. Intake Attenuator, 4. Plenum; W & H = Unit Dimensions (See Engineering Data).
VFL - C 15
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Heat Loss Data
Discharge Hoods with Positive Closure Dampers (PCDs)
(1) Heat loss data based on 10C water and 14C ambient temperature with 20 m/s wind velocity (fans and pump off).
Remote Sump Data
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Model No.
Minimum Flow (l/s)
Heat Loss Data (kW)
(1)
L W H
VFL Standard Unit
Unit with Discharge Hood
and PCDs
VFL 241-H
VFL 242-H
VFL 242-J
VFL 243-J
4,1
10,6
12,7
12,7
14,4
6,3
6,7
6,7
7,1
1820 1200 865
VFL 361-L
VFL 361-M
VFL 362-M
VFL 363-K
VFL 363-M
4,1
16,0
16,0
19,1
21,6
21,6
9,8
9,8
10,4
11,0
11,0
2730 1200 865
VFL 481-M
VFL 482-L
VFL 483-L
VFL 483-M
VFL 484-M
4,1
23,0
27,2
30,5
30,5
33,8
13,8
14,5
15,2
15,2
15,9
3650 1200 865
VFL 721-L
VFL 721-M
VFL 721-O
VFL 722-N
VFL 722-O
VFL 723-L
VFL 723-O
VFL 724-O
7,9
40,1
40,1
40,1
46,4
46,4
51,5
51,5
56,6
17,8
17,8
17,8
18,6
18,6
19,3
19,3
20,0
2730 2400 865
VFL 961-P
VFL 962-N
VFL 962-O
VFL 962-P
VFL 963-O
VFL 963-P
VFL 964-P
7,9
47,9
56,3
56,3
56,3
63,0
63,0
69,7
20,1
21,0
21,0
21,0
21,9
21,9
23,8
3650 2400 865
1. Access Door.
VFL - C 16
V
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units with and without Sound Attenuation
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for these units consists
of two parallel I-beams extending the full length of the unit.
Supports and anchor bolts are to be designed and furnished by
others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should
be 70% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform
load to each of the unit beams. Beams should be designed in
accordance with standard structural practice. For the maximum
allowable deflection of beams under the unit refer to above table.
4. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22 mm at the locations
shown.
5. If vibration isolators are used, a rail or channel must be provided
between the unit and the isolators to provide continuous unit
support. Additionally the support beams must be designed to
accommodate the overall length and mounting hole location of
the isolators that may differ from those of the unit. Refer to
vibration isolator drawings for these data.
Model No.
VFL
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
Maximum Allowable
Beam Deflection
(mm)
VFL 24X
VFL 36X
VFL 48X
2426
3334
4253
1194
1194
1194
10
13
13
VFL 72X
VFL 96X
3334
4253
2344
2344
13
13
1. (4) 22 mm mounting holes; 2. Support Beams; 3. Fan Side; 4. Outline of Unit; 5. Outline of Attenuator HS (optional); 6. Outline of
Attenuator HD (optional).
VFL - C 17
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Closed Circuit Cooling Tower
1.0 General: Furnish and install ____factory assembled, forced draft,
centrifugal fan, closed circuit cooling tower(s) with vertical air
discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications and
schedules as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions shall not
exceed approximately ____mm long x ____mm wide x ____ mm
high. The total connected fan kW shall not exceed ____kW. The total
connected pump kW shall not exceed ____kW. The closed circuit
cooling tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Company Model(s)
________________.
1.2. Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The closed-
circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by the manufacturer to cool
______l/s of _______ water from ____C to ____C at ____C
entering wet-bulb temperature.
(Alternate1.2.) Thermal Capacity (aqueous glycol solution as heat
transfer fluid): The closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted
by the manufacturer to cool ________l/s of _____% by volume
ethylene/propylene glycol solution from ______C to _____C at
_____C entering wet-bulb temperature. Coil pressure drop shall not
exceed ________bar.
1.3. Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized steel,
with all sheared edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound and the exterior protected with the Baltiplus Corrosion
Protection.
(Alternate1.3.) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural
members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND
Corrosion
Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip
galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, and
dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting hybrid
polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated
curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
(Alternate 1.3) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural
members shall be constructed of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel and
assembled with stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners.
1.4. Quality Assurance: The closed circuit cooling tower
manufacturer shall have a management system certified by an
accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO-
9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of its products and services.
1.5. Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1.Tower Structure: The closed circuit cooling tower shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake flanges for
maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of water-tight
joints. All sheared edges shall be protected with a coating of zinc-rich
compound.
2.2. Casing Assembly: The closed circuit cooling tower shall include
a coil casing section consisting of a serpentine coil, spray water
distribution system, and drift eliminators, as indicated by the
manufacturer. Plastic drift eliminators shall be removable in easily
handled sections. They shall incorporate a minimum of three changes
in air direction.
2.3. Coil Assembly: The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at the manufacturers
own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. The cooling coil
shall be pneumatically tested at 15 bar. The cooling coil shall be
designed for low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of
fluid and shall be compliant to PED. Maximum allowable working
pressure shall be 10 bar.
2.4. Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
over the coil at a minimum flow rate of 3,1 l/s/m to ensure complete
wetting of the coil at all times by large-diameter, non-clog, plastic 360
distribution nozzles, spaced across the coil face area in PVC spray
branches by snap-in rubber grommets, allowing quick removal of
individual nozzles or complete branches for cleaning or flushing.
Nozzles shall utilize a two-stage diffusion pattern to provide
overlapping, umbrella spray patterns that create multiple intersection
points with adjacent nozzles.
2.5. Spray Pump System: The closed circuit cooling tower shall
include a close-coupled, bronze-fitted centrifugal pump equipped with
a mechanical seal, mounted on the basin and piped to the suction
strainer and water distribution system. It shall be installed so that it
can be drained when the basin is drained. The pump assembly shall
include a metering valve and bleed line to control the bleed rate from
the pump discharge to the overflow connection. The pump motor shall
be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type with IP 55 protection and
class B insulation suitable for outdoor service, _____ kW,
_______Volt, ________Hz, ______Phase.
(Alternate 2.5.) Spray Pump System-Remote Sump: On
installations requiring a remote sump, the closed circuit cooling tower
shall be modified to accommodate the use of an independent basin
and pump (both by others) for recirculating water.
2.6. Basin Assembly: The combination basin/fan section shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 galvanized steel. The basin shall
be provided with large area lift out strainers with perforated openings
sized smaller than the water distribution nozzles and an anti-vortexing
device to prevent air entrainment. The strainer and vortex device shall
be constructed of the same material as the cold water basin to
prevent dissimilar metal corrosion.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Fan System: The fans and motors shall be factory installed at the
base of the unit in the dry entering air stream to provide greater
reliability and ease of maintenance. The forwardly curved centrifugal
fans shall be heavy-duty centrifugal flow types. Fan housings shall
have curved inlet rings for efficient air entry and rectangular discharge
cowls shall extend into the basin to increase fan efficiency and
prevent water from entering the fans. Fans shall be mounted on a
steel fan shaft supported by heavy-duty self-aligning, relubricatable
ball bearings with cast iron housings and designed for a minimum L10
life of 40 000 hours (280 000 hrs average life). The fan shaft shall be
protected with a two-part epoxy coating for corrosion protection.
3.2. Fan Motor/Drive System: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed
fan cooled (TEFC), IP-55, class F, selected for _____Pa static
pressure. Fan motor(s) shall be suitable for _____ volts, ____ phase,
____ Hz electrical service and shall be mounted on an easily
adjusted, heavy-duty motor base. V-belt drives and all moving parts
are protected with removable screens.
(Alternate 3.2.) Baltiguard
Corrosion Protection System, a hybrid polymer coating used to extend equipment life,
is applied before assembly to all hot-dip galvanized steel components of the unit.
Optional Stainless Steel Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of stainless steel either type 304 or 316.
Optional Water-Contact Stainless Steel Cold Water Basin:
A cost-effective alternative to an all stainless steel unit. The critical components in the cold water basin
and the cold water basin itself are provided in stainless steel. The remaining components are protected
with the BALTIBOND
Protection System.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective
method of preventing sediment from collecting in
the cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping
system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration
equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical
Resources, Filtration".
Vibration Cut-out Switch
A factory-mounted vibration cut-out switch is
available to effectively protect against equipment
failure due to excessive vibration of the
mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide a vibration cut-out switch in an IP65 enclosure to
ensure reliable protection.
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the
standard mechanical make-up valve when a
more precise water level control is required. This
package consists of a float switch mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-
up water line. The valve is slow closing to
minimize water hammer.
Mechanical Equipment Removal
System (Only on FXV-D Models)
The mechanical equipment removal system is a
lightweight, easy to install system for removal and
installation of fan motor or gearbox. (motors up to
22kW)
Positive Closure Damper (PCD) Hoods
The FXVs innovative design results in a low heat
loss when the unit is idle. When additional heat
loss protection is desired, coil air intake hoods
with factory mounted PCDs and damper
actuators can be provided.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Extended Lubrication Lines
Mechanical Equipment Removal System
FXV - C 13
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data FXV Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
FXV 42x - FXV 44x
Model No.
FXV
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil Volume
(L)
Inlet/Outlet
Coil Conn.
(mm)
FXV 422-H
FXV 422-J
FXV 422-K
FXV 423-J
FXV 423-K
3570
3590
3600
3800
3810
2350
2370
2380
2520
2530
1440
1450
1460
1600
1610
3980
3980
3980
3980
3980
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
2385
2385
2385
2385
2385
13,0
14,5
16,0
14,3
15,8
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 7,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 7,5
12,0
12,0
12,0
12,0
12,0
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
(1x) 226
(1x) 226
(1x) 226
(1x) 278
(1x) 278
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV 432-K
FXV 432-L
FXV 433-L
5250
5260
5580
3390
3410
3640
2150
2160
2390
3980
3980
3980
2775
2775
2775
2385
2385
2385
23,4
26,0
25,6
(2x) 4,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
18,3
18,3
18,3
2,2
2,2
2,2
(1x) 337
(1x) 337
(1x) 418
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV 442-K
FXV 442-L
FXV 442-M
FXV 443-L
FXV 443-M
FXV 444-M
6640
6660
6670
7090
7100
7520
4150
4180
4190
4480
4490
4780
2590
2610
2620
2910
2920
3210
3980
3980
3980
3980
3980
3980
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
2385
2385
2385
2385
2385
2385
26,2
29,2
32,4
28,8
31,9
31,7
(2x) 4,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 7,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
(1x) 452
(1x) 452
(1x) 452
(1x) 560
(1x) 560
(1x) 669
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV Q440-K
FXV Q440-L
FXV Q441-L
6640
6660
7510
4150
4180
4770
2590
2610
3200
3980
3980
3980
3690
3690
3690
2385
2385
2385
26,2
29,1
28,5
(2x) 4,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
2,2
2,2
2,2
(1x) 452
(1x) 452
(1x) 669
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
1. Fluid in; 2. Fluid out; 3. Make-Up ND15; 4. Overflow ND80; 5. Drain ND50; 6. Access door; 7. Vent ND15.
FXV - C 14
F
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
FXV 54x - FXV 56x
Model No.
FXV
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(L)
Inlet/Outlet
Coil Conn.
(mm)
FXV 542-L
FXV 542-M
FXV 542-N
FXV 543-M
FXV 543-O
FXV 544-O
7960
7970
8000
8600
8630
9260
4960
4970
5000
5410
5450
5890
3240
3250
3270
3690
3720
4160
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
35,1
38,9
41,3
38,6
43,8
43,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 11
(2x) 11
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
4
4
4
4
4
4
(1x) 671
(1x) 671
(1x) 671
(1x) 832
(1x) 832
(1x) 993
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV Q540-M
FXV Q540-O
FXV Q541-O
7970
8000
9260
4970
5010
5890
3250
3280
4160
4790
4790
4790
3690
3690
3690
2985
2985
2985
38,9
44,2
43,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 11
(2x) 11
45,1
45,1
45,1
4
4
4
(1x) 671
(1x) 671
(1x) 993
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
FXV 561-M
FXV 561-O
FXV 562-M
FXV 562-O
10650
10710
11590
11650
6430
6490
7090
7150
4020
4090
4680
4740
4930
4930
4930
4930
5520
5520
5520
5520
2985
2985
2985
2985
59,3
67,4
58,9
66,9
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 11
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 11
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
(1x) 762
(1x) 762
(1x) 1007
(1x) 1007
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV Q560-L
FXV Q560-O
FXV Q561-L
FXV Q561-O
11580
11650
13470
13550
7070
7150
8420
8490
4670
4740
6010
6090
4930
4930
4930
4930
5520
5520
5520
5520
2985
2985
2985
2985
53,0
66,8
52,3
65,9
(3x) 5,5
(3x) 11
(3x) 5,5
(3x) 11
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
(1x) 1007
(1x) 1007
(1x) 1562
(1x) 1562
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
1. Fluid in; 2. Fluid out; 3. Make-Up ND25; 4. Overflow ND80; 5. Drain ND50; 6. Access door; 7. Vent ND15.
FXV - C 15
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
FXV 64x - FXV 66x
General Notes FXV
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold
water basin at the overflow.
2. When the flow rate for FXV units exceeds 25 l/s the quantity of
the coil connections will be double. When the flow rate for FXV-Q
units exceeds 57 l/s, connections of ND200 will be used (1 x inlet;
1 x outlet).
3. Inlet and outlet connections are beveled for welding.
4. Standard make-up, drain and overflow connections are MPT.
5. Dimensional drawings show standard (right hand) arrangements.
Left hand arrangements can be furnished by special order.
6. All FXV-models will be shipped in two sections: upper and lower
section.
7. FXV-units have standard Low Noise Fans. For units with optional
Whisper Quiet Fans, a W is added at the end of the model
name.
Model No.
FXV
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil Volume
(L)
Inlet/Outlet
Coil Conn.
(mm)
FXV 642-L
FXV 642-M
FXV 642-N
FXV 643-M
FXV 643-N
FXV 643-O
FXV 644-N
FXV 644-O
9070
9090
9110
9770
9800
9810
10470
10480
5380
5400
5420
5880
5900
5910
6370
6380
3490
3510
3530
3990
4010
4020
4480
4490
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
39,9
44,3
47,0
43,7
46,4
49,6
45,8
49,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 11
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 11
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
(1x) 723
(1x) 723
(1x) 723
(1x) 896
(1x) 896
(1x) 896
(1x) 1069
(1x) 1069
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV 661-M
FXV 661-N
FXV 661-O
FXV 662-M
FXV 662-N
FXV 662-O
12260
12300
12320
13270
13310
13330
7000
7050
7060
7710
7760
7770
4360
4400
4420
5070
5110
5130
4930
4930
4930
4930
4930
4930
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
68,6
72,8
77,9
67,3
62,5
76,5
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 9,0
(3x) 11
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 9,0
(3x) 11
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
5,5
(1x) 821
(1x) 821
(1x) 821
(1x) 1084
(1x) 1084
(1x) 1084
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
(1x) ND 100
FXV Q661-M
FXV Q661-N
FXV Q661-O
15310
15360
15370
9160
9210
9220
6510
6560
6570
4930
4930
4930
5520
5520
5520
3610
3610
3610
65,4
69,5
74,4
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 9,0
(3x) 11
56,8
56,8
56,8
5,5
5,5
5,5
(1x) 1658
(1x) 1658
(1x) 1658
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
(1x) ND 150
1. Fluid in; 2. Fluid out ND 3. Make-Up ND25; 4. Overflow ND80; 5. Drain ND50; 6. Access door; 7. Vent ND15.
FXV - C 16
F
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Sound Attenuation FXV Models
W = Unit Width, see general Engineering data.
Remote Sump Data FXV Models
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Model No
FXV
Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
D H
t
Intake Discharge
FXV 42x 1345 4715 100 140
FXV 43x 1345 4715 130 210
FXV (Q)44x 1345 4715 175 255
FXV (Q)54x 1500 5525 250 270
FXV (Q)56x 1500 5665 375 385
FXV 64x 2005 5525 250 310
FXV (Q)66x 2005 5665 375 440
1. Intake Attenuator; 2. Discharge Attenuator.
FXV - C 17
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Heat Loss Data FXV
Notes:
1. Heat loss data based on 10C coil water and 14C ambient
temperature with 20 m/s wind velocity (fans and pump off).
2. Positive closure dampers are available to reduce the heat loss
during shut down. Consult your BAC Balticare representative for
further details.
3. Electric immersion heaters with thermostat and low level cut out
switch. All components are factory installed in the cooler pan.
Heaters are selected to maintain +4C pan water at 18C
ambient temperature. In outdoor locations trace heating and
insulation of spray pump(s) (by others) may be required for
freeze protection.
4. Hood weight excludes shipping skid weight.
Model No.
FXV
Min Flow
(l/s)
Heat Loss Data (kW) Positive Closure Damper Hood
Total Height
(Ht)
(mm) Standard Unit
Unit with
Positive Closure
Damper Hood
Weight
(kg)
Length
(L)
(mm)
Width
(X)
(mm)
Height
(Y)
(mm)
FXV 422
FXV 423
3
25,6
30,9
13,2
14,1
150
150
1815
1815
1045
1045
835
835
4715
4715
FXV 432
FXV 433
3
38,5
46,4
18,4
19,7
200
200
2730
2730
1045
1045
835
835
4715
4715
FXV 442
FXV 443
FXV 444
5
50,7
61,0
70,7
23,0
24,5
26,0
250
250
250
3645
3645
3645
1045
1045
1045
835
835
835
4715
4715
4715
FXV Q440
FXV Q441
10
50,7
70,7
23,0
26,0
250
250
3645
3645
1045
1045
835
835
4715
4715
FXV 542
FXV 543
FXV 544
6
71,1
86,0
99,9
29,7
31,4
33,0
310
310
310
3645
3645
3645
1490
1490
1490
835
835
835
5525
5525
5525
FXV Q540
FXV Q541
12
71,1
99,9
29,7
33,0
310
310
3645
3645
1490
1490
835
835
5525
5525
FXV 561
FXV 562
6
82,9
105,8
42,8
44,8
450
450
5480
5480
1490
1490
835
835
5665
5665
FXV Q560
FXV Q561
12
105,8
147,6
44,8
48,6
450
450
5480
5480
1490
1490
835
835
5665
5665
FXV 642
FXV 643
FXV 644
7
76,2
91,8
106,4
30,7
32,3
33,9
340
340
340
3645
3645
3645
1615
1615
1615
835
835
835
5525
5525
5525
FXV 661
FXV 662
7
89,3
113,6
44,2
46,2
490
490
5480
5480
1615
1615
835
835
5665
5665
FXV Q661 14 157,4 50,1 490 5480 1615 835 5665
FXV - C 18
F
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support FXV Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data current at time
of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product improvement, specifications, weights
and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering data and more can be found at
www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units with and without Sound Attenuation
Notes :
1. Support steel and anchor bolts to be designed and furnished by
others.
2. All support steel must be level at the top.
3. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural
practice. Maximum deflection of beam under unit see table.
4. If vibration isolation rails are to be used between the unit and
supporting steel, be certain to allow for the length of the vibration
rails when determining the length of the supporting steel, as
vibration rail length and mounting hole locations may differ from
those of the unit.
5. If point vibration isolation is used with multi-cell units, the
isolators must be located under the support steel, not between
the support steel and the towers.
6. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22mm.
Model
FXV
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Dimensions
(mm) No of 20 mm
Anchorbolts
W L A B C
FXV 42x 5 2385 1861 2325 - 255 4
FXV 43x 8 2385 2775 2325 - 255 4
FXV (Q)44x 10 2385 3690 2325 - 255 4
FXV (Q)54x 10 2985 3690 2925 - 255 4
FXV 64x 10 3610 3690 3550 - 255 4
FXV (Q)56x 12 2985 5520 2925 2440 270 8
FXV (Q)66x 12 3610 5520 3550 2440 270 8
1. Unit Outline, 2. Air Intake, 3. Mounting Holes, 4. Unit
FXV - C 19
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data FXV-D Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data current at time
of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product improvement, specifications, weights
and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering data and more can be found at
www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
FXV-D Double Sided Units
* Actual shipping dimensions.
General Notes FXV-D
1. Operating weight is for the tower with the water level in the cold
water basin at the overflow.
2. The actual size and number of inlet and outlet connections may
vary with the design flow rate. Consult unit print for dimensions.
3. Inlet and outlet connections are beveled for welding.
4. Standard make-up, drain and overflow connections are located
on the bottom of the unit.
5. Models shipped with an optional gear drive may have heights up
to 130 mm greater than shown. Models with fan motor up to
22 kW are belt driven only; models with motor between 22 kW
and 45 kW have standard belt drive but gear drive as an option;
models with 55 kW motor have gear drive only. Motor size for a
specific model is indicated by a letter x at the end of the model
name. Fan type is indicated by an additional letter y at the end
of the model name. L refers to the standard Low Noise Fan;
W refers to the Whisper Quiet fan.
6. FXV-D Models will be shipped in four sections; 1 x lower, 1 x fan
and 2 x coil section. Weight is shown for one coil section.
Model No.
FXV-D
Max.
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Max.
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Max.
Heaviest
Section
(6)
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
A
(mm)
Max.
Air
Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Coil
Volume
(l)
FXV-D288-3-xy
FXV-D288-4-xy
FXV-D288-1Q-xy
20745
22420
22420
13280
14540
14540
3650
4280
4280
5665
5665
5665
3632
3632
3632
7328
7328
7328
3498
3498
3498
100,7
99,5
99,4
15 to 45
15 to 45
15 to 45
113,6
113,6
113,6
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 1082
(2x) 1294
(2x) 1283
FXV-D364-3-xy
FXV-D364-4-xy
FXV-D364-1Q-xy
24290
26265
26265
15175
16660
16660
4260
5005
5005
5665
5665
5665
4245
4245
4245
8014
8014
8014
4184
4184
4184
126,4
124,7
124,6
18,5 to 55
18,5 to 55
18,5 to 55
113,6
113,6
113,6
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 1268
(2x) 1514
(2x) 1540
1. Fluid out (see Note 2); 2. Fluid in (see Note 2); 3. Make-up ND40; 4. Overflow ND80; 5. Drain ND50; 6. Access Door
FXV - C 20
F
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Sound Attenuation FXV-D Models
Model No
FXV-D
Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
D Ht Both Intake Sides Discharge
FXV-D288 3510 6477 700 500
FXV-D364 4170 6477 850 600
1. Inlet Attenuator; 2. Discharge Attenuator (not for FXV-DW available).
FXV - C 21
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Heat Loss Data FXV-D
Notes:
1. Heat loss data based on 10C coil water and 14C ambient
temperature with 20 m/s wind velocity (fans and pump off).
2. Positive closure dampers are available to reduce the heat loss
during shut down. Consult your BAC Balticare representative for
further details.
3. Electric immersion heaters with thermostat and low level cut out
switch. All components are factory installed in the cooler pan.
Heaters are selected to maintain +4C pan water at 18C
ambient temperature. In outdoor locations trace heating and
insulation of spray pump(s) (by others) may be required for
freeze protection.
4. Hood weight excludes shipping skid weight.
5. Models shipped with optional gear drive may be higher.
Remote Sump Data FXV-D Models
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Model No.
FXV
Min. Flow
(l/s)
Heat Loss Data (kW) Positive Closure Damper Hood
Total Height
(Ht)
(mm) Standard Unit
Unit with
Positive
Closure
Damper Hood
Total
Weight
(kg)
Length
(L)
(mm)
Width
(X)
(mm)
Height
(Y)
(mm)
FXV-D288-3
FXV-D288-4
FXV-D288-1Q
18
18
36
222,8
258,2
258,2
81,1
86,3
86,3
470 3632 1915 740 6230
FXV-D364-3
FXV-D364-4
FXV-D364-1Q
18
18
36
262,0
303,7
303,7
96,8
101,5
101,5
545 4245 1915 740 6230
FXV - C 22
F
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support FXV-D Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units with and without Sound Attenuation
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for the units consists of
parallel I-beams extending the full length of the unit. Supports
and anchor bolts are to be designed and furnished by others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should
be 70% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform
load to each of the unit beams. Beams should be designed in
accordance with standard structural practice. For the maximum
allowable deflection of beams under the unit see table.
4. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22 mm at the locations
shown.
5. If vibration isolators are used, a rail or channel must be provided
between the unit (and optional attenuator) and the isolators to
provide continuous unit support. Additionally the support beams
must be designed to accommodate the overall length and
mounting hole location of the isolators that may differ from those
of the unit. Refer to vibration isolator drawings for these data.
Model
FXV-D
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Dimensions (mm)
No of 20 mm
Anchorbolts
A B C
FXV-D 288 12 3558 3570 37 12
FXV-D 364 12 4171 3913 37 12
1. Unit Outline; 2. Air Intake; 3 Mounting Holes
FXV - C 23
C
l
o
s
e
d
C
i
r
c
u
i
t
C
o
o
l
i
n
g
T
o
w
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Closed Circuit Cooling Tower
1.1 General: Furnish and install ____factory assembled closed circuit
cooling tower(s) of induced draft design with single side air entry and
vertical air discharge. Overall dimensions shall not exceed
approximately ____ mm long x ____ mm wide, with an overall height
not exceeding approximately _____ mm. Operating weight shall not
exceed ____ kg. The closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall be Baltimore
Aircoil Company Model(s)________________.
(Alternate 1.1) General: Furnish and install ____factory assembled
closed circuit cooling tower(s) of induced draft design with dual side
air entry and vertical air discharge. Overall dimensions shall not
exceed approximately ____ mm long x ____ mm wide, with an overall
height not exceeding approximately _____ mm. Operating weight
shall not exceed ____ kg. The closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall be
Baltimore Aircoil Company Model(s)________________.
1.2. Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The closed-
circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by the manufacturer to cool
______l/s of _______ water from ____C to ____C at ____C
entering wet-bulb temperature. Coil pressure drop shall not exceed
________ kPa.
(Alternate1.2.) Thermal Capacity (aqueous glycol solution as heat
transfer fluid): The closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted
by the manufacturer to cool ________l/s of _____% by volume
ethylene/propylene glycol solution from ______C to _____C at
_____C entering wet-bulb temperature. Coil pressure drop shall not
exceed ________ kPa.
1.3. Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized steel,
with all sheared edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound and the exterior protected with the Baltiplus Corrosion
Protection.
(Alternate1.3.) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless
otherwise noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural
members shall be protected with the BALTIBOND
Corrosion
Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip
galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, and
dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting hybrid
polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated
curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
1.4. Quality Assurance: The closed circuit cooling tower
manufacturer shall have a management system certified by an
accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO-
9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of its products and services.
1.5. Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Coil Section: The heat transfer section of the closed circuit
cooling tower shall be encased with removable heavy-gauge
galvanized steel panels (or corrosion resistant, fiberglass reinforced
polyester (FRP) on Models FXV-D). The coil shall be constructed of
continuous serpentine all prime surface steel designed for 10 bar, and
be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. The coil shall be designed for
free drainage of fluid.
2.2 Cold Water Basin: The basin shall include a depressed section
with drain/clean-out connection. Standard accessories shall include
large area, lift-out steel strainers with perforated openings sized
smaller than water distribution nozzle orifices, and integral anti-
vortexing hood to prevent air entrainment, waste water bleed line, and
brass make-up valve with large diameter plastic float arranged for
easy adjustment.
2.3 Casing Panels: For models FXV with single air inlet side the
casing panels shall be constructed of steel matching the structure
defined in section 1.3. For Models FXV-D the casing panels shall be
constructed of corrosion resistant, fiberglass reinforced polyester
(FRP).
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1 Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow low noise, with
aluminium alloy blades. Air shall discharge through a fan cylinder
designed for streamlined air entry and minimum fan blade tip
clearance for maximum fan efficiency.
(Alternate 3.1) Fan(s) for FXV-models: Fan(s) shall be of Whisper
Quiet fan design for ultra low sound consisting of specially shaped
aluminium blades with end caps and flexible hub connection.
(Alternate 3.1) Fan(s) for FXV-D models: Fan(s) shall be of
Whisper Quiet fan design for ultra low sound consisting of multi-
blade aerofoil fan design constructed of fibreglass reinforced plastic
blades.
3.2 Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by heavy-duty, self-
aligning, grease-packed ball bearings with moisture-proof seals and
integral slinger rings, designed for minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours.
Fan(s) shall be belt driven and specifically designed for evaporative
cooling service. Fan and motor sheave(s) shall be fabricated from
cast aluminum.
3.3 Independent motor and drives: Each fan is equipped with an
independent motor and drive assembly, which allows independent
operation of each fan.
3.4 Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing, designed specifically
for evaporative cooling duty on _____ volts___ hertz ___ phase
electrical service. The motor shall be furnished with special moisture
protection on windings, shafts, and bearings. Each motor shall be
mounted on an easily adjusted, heavy-duty motor base.
4.0 Wet Deck Surface and Drift Eliminators
4.1. BACross
Corrosion
Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip
galvanized steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, dry)
process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting, hybrid
polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated
curing stage and monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
1.4 Quality Assurance: The cooling tower manufacturer shall have
a Management System certified by an accredited registrar as
complying with the requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure
consistent quality of products and services.
1.5 Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1. Coil Sections: The dry finned coil shall consist of copper tubes
with rippled edge, aluminum flat plate fins, and headers of seamless
copper tubes installed in a heavy-gauge aluminum casing. Fins shall
have full drawn collars to maintain consistent fin spacing and a
continuous surface contact over the entire tube for maximum heat
transfer. The coil shall have a design pressure of 10 bar and be
pneumatically tested at 15 bar. Staggered tube coil arrangement and
fin density shall be optimized for maximum sensible heat transfer
during all operation modes with minimum airside pressure drop.
The prime surface coil shall be encased in a heavy-gauge galvanized
steel casing. The coil shall be constructed of continuous serpentine
all prime surface steel, be pneumatically tested 15 bar, and be hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication. The coil shall be designed for free
drainage of fluid and shall be PED compliant. Maximum allowable
working pressure shall be 10 bar.
2.2.Cold Water Basin: The cold water basin shall be constructed of
heavy-gauge hot-dip galvanized steel. The basin shall include a
depressed section with drain/clean-out connection. Standard
accessories shall include large area, lift-out steel strainers with
perforated openings sized smaller than water distribution nozzle
orifices, an integral anti-vortexing hood to prevent air entrainment,
waste water bleed line, and brass make-up valve with large diameter
plastic float arranged for easy adjustment.
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Fan(s): Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow low noise, with
aluminum alloy blades. Air shall discharge through a fan cylinder
designed for streamlined air entry and minimum fan blade tip
clearance for maximum fan efficiency. Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be
supported by heavy-duty, self-aligning, grease-packed ball bearings
with moisture-proof seals and integral slinger rings, designed for
minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours. Fan(s) shall be belt driven and
specifically designed for evaporative cooling service. Fan and motor
sheave(s) shall be fabricated from cast aluminum.
3.2. Fan Motor: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed fan cooled
(TEFC), reversible, squirrel cage, ball bearing, designed specifically
for evaporative cooling duty on _____ volts___ hertz ___ phase
electrical service. The motor shall be furnished with special moisture
protection on windings, shafts, and bearings. Each motor shall be
mounted on an easily adjusted, heavy-duty motor base.
4.0 Wet Deck Surface and Drift Eliminators
4.1. BACross Wet Deck Surface and Drift Eliminators: The wet
deck surface and integral drift eliminators shall be formed from plastic
material and shall be impervious to rot, decay, fungus and biological
attack. The surface shall be manufactured and performance tested by
the closed circuit cooling tower manufacturer to provide single source
responsibility and assure control of the final product. A separate set
of drift eliminators shall be removable in easily handled sections for
quick access to the coil. Eliminators shall have a minimum of three
changes in air direction.
5.0 Combined Inlet Shield Technology
5.1. Combined Inlet Shields: Combined inlet shields shall be
separate from the wet deck surface and removable to allow easy
access for inspection of the air/water interface at the air inlet side of
the equipment. Combined inlet shields shall prevent UV-light and
debris from entering the unit, as well as prevent water splash out
during fan cycling. They shall be constructed of maintenance free,
corrosion and UV resistant material.
HXI - D 23
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
6.0 Access
6.1. Plenum Access: A large, hinged access door shall be provided
on each end wall for access to the prime surface coil, drift eliminators,
and fan plenum section. The water make-up valve, float ball, and
suction strainer shall be easily accessible.
7.0 Sound
7.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
cooling tower operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
HXI - D 24
H
X
I
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HXI offers Economic Advantages
HXI First Cost Benefits
Heat rejection equipment must be selected for the
maximum heat load at summer peak air
temperatures. In most climates peak wet-bulb
temperatures are significantly lower than peak dry-
bulb temperatures. Evaporative cooling equipment
based on the ambient air wet-bulb therefore has a
greater temperature driving force, thus allowing the
use of lower system temperatures. This greater
driving force also allows the use of less and thus
more cost-effective heat transfer surface area.
Since the HXI concept utilizes evaporative cooling
during peak load operation it inherently benefits
from this advantage. Evaporatively cooled units
such as the HXI have a plan area and fan kilowatt advantage over the typical air-cooled arrangement,
saving on support structures and electrical hook-ups. The HXI design also avoids the corrosion and
scaling that can be associated with spraying of standard air-cooled equipment on design days for
additional capacity. The lower process fluid temperatures that can be achieved compared to air-cooled
systems and the greatly reduced fouling factors of closed loop cooling result in lower first cost of
process equipment such as chillers or refrigeration compressors. Lastly, the costs associated with
plume abatement are eliminated, as the design is inherently plume-free.
HXI Operating Cost Benefits
Due to its water saving concept and Combined Flow design, the HXI offers significant operating cost
benefits. Water consumption is minimized throughout the year. During peak summer operation a large
amount of heat load is already transferred by the finned coil. As the ambient temperature and/or heat
load drops, the amount of evaporative heat transfer is further reduced by controlling the flow through
the wet coil. This reduces the evaporation loss and blow-down as well as water treatment requirements
compared to conventional evaporative cooling equipment. In the adiabatic mode only a small amount
of water is needed to saturate the air and the amount of blow-down is reduced even further. Finally in
the dry mode no water is used at all (while saving the energy associated with running the spray pump).
With HXI hybrid units water savings up to 70% or more are possible. Depending on local water costs
and availability, this advantage alone can pay for the equipment in as little as two years through cost
savings in water use, water treatment chemicals, and higher system efficiencies. In addition, fouling
potential associated with open circuit cooling towers is eliminated through both the closed loop cooling
system and the Advanced Coil Technology design of the HXI, assuring peak efficiency and energy
savings over time. Finally, the induced draft propeller fan design results in low fan energy requirements
compared to centrifugal fan units.
Dry-bulb / Wet-bulb difference versus climate
zone
Closed Circuit Cooling Systems offer the
lowest fluid temperatures
Typical annual distribution of ambient
temperature with the three operating modes
Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling Towers
HFL - D 1
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
HFL
Product Detail
HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling Towers .......................................... D2
Benefits ....................................................................................................... D4
Construction Details .................................................................................. D6
Custom Features and Options .................................................................. D8
Accessories ............................................................................................... D10
Engineering Data ..................................................................................... D11
Structural Support .................................................................................. D21
Engineering Specifications ..................................................................... D23
HFL - D 2
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling
Towers
Capacity
Single Cell Capacity
9 to 90 l/s (30% E.G.) at 32/27/22C
General Description
The HFL combines the air cooled and evaporative technologies in one product providing the
benefit of low cooling temperature and high process efficiency in the summer with the water saving
advantage of air-cooled equipment in the winter. The HFL features a unique sump concept, which
offers next to the principle of intelligent water saving an unprecedented level of operation
flexibility. Additional features, such as compactness, ease of maintenance, low height, very low
operating weight and effective suppression of plume, make this product your first choice for heat
rejection applications.
Key Features
Effective suppression of plume
Maximum water savings
Operational flexibility
Very low operating weight
Ease of access and cleanability for superior maintenance
Compactness
HFL - D 3
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
HFL - D 4
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Effective Suppression of Plume
The finned coil(s) installed in the discharge air stream of the HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling
Tower unit will raise the temperature and reduce the relative humidity of the discharge air. During
wet operation this suppresses the formation of visible plume even when the relative humidity of the
ambient air is high. Installation of the optional three-way valve flow control package will furthermore
enhance the plume suppressing effect in that this control package ensures that at any atmospheric
condition only as much evaporative cooling is applied as needed to satisfy the load requirement.
Therefore the air leaving the wet portion of the equipment is dryer than is the case with
conventional evaporative cooling equipment and has a much lower tendency to generate plume.
The combination of finned discharge coil and three-way valve flow control package virtually
eliminates the formation of visible plume even under extremely humid conditions. It is obvious that
during the periods of dry operation no plume formation will occur.
Maximum Water Savings
To achieve a maximal reduction of water consumption in a cost-effective way, it is essential to
make the best use of the heat exchangers incorporated in the HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling
Tower. The fluid to be cooled is first fed to the finned coil(s) and then subsequently to the prime
surface coil, which can either operate in wet or dry mode. This way the finned coil contributes to
the heat rejection even in the summertime, when the prime surface coil is operated wet. The
addition of the finned coil heat exchange surface has a significant impact on the switch point
condition. Dry operation now can occur not only in wintertime but also in spring and fall and
depending on the load profile even a good portion of the summer season is suitable for dry
operation. To further improve the water saving feature of the HFL a three-way valve flow control
system (optional) can be integrated in the piping between the finned and the prime surface coil.
This intelligent control system ensures that evaporative cooling is only applied when needed and
as much as needed. This way water savings up to 60% can be achieved when compared to a
conventional evaporative fluid cooler.
Operational Flexibility
A critical aspect of hybrid products is the switch
over from wet operation to dry operation and vice
versa. In particular when during dry operation
water remains in the sump, the potential danger
of ice formation and subsequent damage exists in
subfreezing conditions. To prevent this,
manufacturers recommend draining the sump
during the dry operation period. Depending on the
ambient climatic conditions, sump draining may
not be possible, because draining and refilling a
sump requires at least several hours and hence
cannot be conducted on a 24-hour cycle. To cope
with this problem, installing a conventional
remote sump in a heated area inside the building
is adequate, but adds complexity, costs and extra space. The HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling
Tower has a unique sump design, which includes a wet and a dry sump. During dry operation all
water will drain from the dry sump into the wet sump, which is shielded from the airstream. Heaters
in the wet sump are sufficiently sized to prevent freezing at temperatures as low as -25C at full
speed of the fan system. Both sumps are compactly integrated into the design of the B.A.C. HFL
HFL units have been tested in subfreezing
conditions
HFL - D 5
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
unit. It is for the first time that the operational flexibility and safety of a remote sump arrangement
has been integrated into a factory-assembled product.
Very Low Operating Weight
This is achieved by the fact that the sump water content of the HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling
Tower is only about one quarter of the sump water content of a conventional evaporative fluid
cooler. The HFL units from B.A.C. only contain the amount of water needed to wet the prime
surface coil(s). This way it is avoided that supports are designed for a dead weight created by the
amount of water which is in the sump, but does not contribute to the cooling process.
Ease of Access and Cleanability for
Superior Maintenance
Access to the wet sump is provided through
rectangular access doors at the connection end of
the equipment. The wet sump is separated from
the dry sump by a separation panel. This permits
access to the wet sump even when the fan
system is in operation, which is NOT possible with
conventional equipment in forced draught
configuration. Make up can be inspected and
sump strainers can be cleaned whilst the cooler
operates. Due to the separation panel there is
also no turbulence of the sump water, which in
conventional designs is created by the airstream.
Maintenance points in the dry sump access is
provided by circular access door(s) at the side of the equipment. The bottom of the dry sump is
sloping so that all water sprayed over the coil (during wet operation) will drain into the wet sump.
The wet sump is compact, can be drained and cleaned easily. It is also easy to disinfect the wet
sump; when this should be required.
Compactness
The HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling Tower has a compact design. The models have a low
height and up to three fans are operated on a singe shaft with one electrical motor. Double cells
can be arranged side by side with no intermediate space requirements, which allows making
maximum use of the available floor space. Side by side arrangements are possible due to the fact
that the access to the wet sump is at the rear end (connection end) of the equipment and that
access to the dry sump only from one side is sufficient.
Access to wet sump
HFL - D 6
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Construction Details
1. Heavy Duty Construction
All major structural components are constructed
from heavy gauge Z600 galvanised steel
Double brake flanges are used to maximise panel
and connection strength
2. Water Distribution System
Large orifice low pressure nozzles are oriented for
optimum water distribution over the heat transfer
surface
Non-corrosive spray branches
Grommeted nozzles and branches allow quick
removal and cleaning
3. Drift Eliminators
UV resistant non-corrosive material, impervious to
rot, decay and biological attack
Three distinct changes in air direction to reduce
drift loss significantly
Assembled in easy to handle sections, which can
be removed for access to the equipment interior
4. Hight Efficiency Air Moving System
Forwardly curved centrifugal fan wheels
A close coupled transition duct uniquely curved
and flared
Two piece fan housings for ease of fan and shaft
removal.
5. Fan Shaft and Bearings
Heavy duty self aligning relubricable ball bearings
with cast iron housings
Hollow shaft protection with two part epoxy
coating
Shafts supported by bearings at each shaft end,
no intermediate bearings
6. Fan Motor (Not Shown)
TEFC with IP 55 protection, class F insulation
Sized for dry operation as standard
Location in protected area beneath the fan
housing
HFL - D 7
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
7. Fan Drive System
Belt drive
8. Access
Rectangular access door(s) at the connection end
provide access to the wet sump, even if the fan
system is running
Rectangular access door(s) provided in the
plenum section under the finned discharge coil,
for easy access to the water distribution system
(Optional)
Circular access door(s) at side(s) provide access
to the air distribution plenum (dry sump)
9. Spray Water Collection (Not Shown)
Sloping air separation and air distribution bottom
panels to ensure complete drainage of spray
water in the wet sump
10. Suction Strainer
Cylindrical lift out strainer of anti-vortex design
11. Make-Up Arrangement
Factory installed and set electrical float switch
Slow closing solenoid valve
12. Evaporative Heat Transfer Coil
Prime surface tube circuits
Designed for max. 10 bar operating pressure
according to PED
Sloping tubes for free fluid drainage
13. Finned Discharge Coil (Optional) (Not
shown)
Copper tubes with aluminium plate fins
Designed for max. 10 bar operating pressure
according to PED
Fins with full drawn collars
Staggered arrangement of minimum 4 circuits
14. Recirculating Spray Pump
Close Coupled, Bronze fitted, centrifugal pump
Completely piped from suction strainer to the
water distribution system
Installed at the connection end for ease of access
HFL - D 8
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Custom Features and Options
Construction Options
Standard Construction:
Steel panels and structural elements are constructed of Z600 heavy-gauge hot-dip galvanized
steel protected with the Baltiplus Corrosion Protection on the outside of the unit.
Optional BALTIBOND
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System consists of two standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 of the design kilowatt power. This configuration
allows the system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but with the reserve capacity of a standby
motor in the event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity will be available from the
low kilowatt motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the same, as those
required for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when
operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.
Low Sound Operation
The low sound levels generated by BAC Products
with centrifugal fans make them suitable for most
installations. For situations when one direction is
particularly sound sensitive, the unit can be
oriented so that the side opposite the air inlet
faces the sound-sensitive direction. Units with
centrifugal fans are also available with factory
designed, tested and rated sound attenuation for
both the air inlet and discharge.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical
Resources, Sound Reduction Options.
Electric Water Level Control Package
HFL units are fitted with an electric water level
control to allow precise water level control. This
package consists of a float switch mounted in the basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-
up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize water hammer.
Factory tested HFL Sound Attenuation
(Special Execution NR45 at 10 m)
HFL - D 10
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Accessories
Basin Heaters
HFL units exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing
of the water in the wet sump. Factory-installed heaters, which maintain the water temperature at
4C, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The heater package includes
the heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the heaters if the water level is
too low. The standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient temperature.
Discharge Hoods
Discharge hoods reduce the risk of re-circulation in tight enclosures by increasing discharge air
velocity, and can be used to elevate the unit discharge above adjacent walls to comply with layout
guidelines.
They can also be fitted with positive closure dampers and damper actuators to minimize heat loss
from convection air during idle conditions. Hoods and dampers create external static pressure and
fan motors must be sized accordingly.
Capacity Control
To achieve maximum water saving it is recommended to run the fan system always at full speed.
There may however be applications where capacity control by a change of fan speed is needed.
In such cases several options are available:
Two speed motors either as Dahlander or with separate windings
Modulating fan damper controls, consisting of an aerofoil damper blade located in the discharge
of each fan housing. The control package consists of a 24 Volt transformer, a damper motor
actuator with end switches and a temperature controller. All components except the
temperature controller are factory installed.
Flow Control Package
Flow control packages are available in
combination with finned discharge coils. The
control package includes a three way valve and a
temperature sensor and the additional connecting
piping. Flow control packages enhance water
saving by making intelligent use of evaporative
cooling only when needed and as much as
needed.
Model Number
HFL
Heaters (-18C)
(kW)
HFL 36 X & HFL 48 X 2 x 3
HFL 72 X & HFL 96 X 2 x 4
HFL 108 X & HFL 144 X 2 x 5
HFL 150 X & HFL 192 X 4 x 4
HFL 180 X & HFL 240 X 2 x 4 + 2 x 5
HFL 216 X & HFL 288 X 4 x 5
Flow Control Package
HFL - D 11
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
HFL 36X - 48X (Single Cell Units)
Model
HFL
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Air-
flow
(m3/s)
Spray-
flow
(l/s)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
Dimensions (mm) FDC 3-Way Valve Arrangement
F H L W
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
HFL 361-L
HFL 361-M
HFL 362-M
HFL 363-K
HFL 363-M
HFL 364-M
11
15
15
7,5
15
15
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
0,75
12,7
13,8
13,4
10,8
13,0
12,5
9
9
9
9
9
9
2025
2035
2305
2495
2565
2835
2680
2690
3010
3350
3420
3690
2025
2035
2305
2495
2565
2825
610
610
845
1080
1080
1315
2175
2175
2410
2675
2675
2880
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
250
250
250
250
250
250
315
315
315
315
315
315
80
80
80
80
80
80
120
120
120
120
120
120
70
70
70
70
70
70
HFL 482-L
HFL 483-L
HFL 483-M
HFL 484-M
11
11
15
15
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
13,6
13,4
14,6
14,3
12,1
12,1
12,1
12,1
2730
3070
3080
3410
4170
4630
4640
5100
2730
3070
3080
3410
845
1080
1080
1315
2410
2675
2675
2880
3650
3650
3650
3650
1250
1250
1250
1250
315
315
315
315
400
400
400
400
190
190
190
190
300
300
300
300
130
130
130
130
1. Access; 2. Make-up; 3. Electric Float Switch; 4. Overflow; 5. Drain; 6. Water Treatment Connection; 7.Bare Coil Fluid Inlet ND100; 8. Bare
Coil Fluid Outlet ND100; 9. Vent; 10. FDC Fluid Inlet ND80; 11. FDC Fluid Outlet ND80; 12. Three-Way valve; 13. Orifice; 14. Terminal Box; 15.
Operating Level; 16. Overflow Level.
HFL - D 12
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HFL 72X - 96X (Single Cell Units)
Model
HFL
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Air-
flow
(m
3
/s)
Spray-
flow
(l/s)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
Dimension (mm) FDC 3-Way Valve Arrangement
F H L W
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
HFL 722-N
HFL 722-O
HFL 723-L
HFL 723-O
HFL 724-O
18,5
22
11
22
22
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
22,8
24,0
19,3
23,4
22,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
17,9
4000
4020
4510
4550
5090
5495
5515
6225
6265
6935
4000
4020
4510
4550
5090
845
845
1080
1080
1315
2410
2410
2675
2675
2880
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
420
420
420
420
420
555
555
555
555
555
270
270
270
270
270
420
420
420
420
420
180
180
180
180
180
HFL 961-P
HFL 962-N
HFL 962-O
HFL 962-P
HFL 963-O
HFL 963-P
HFL 964-P
30
18,5
22
30
22
30
30
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
2,2
28,7
24,5
25,9
28,3
25,6
27,9
27,4
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
24,2
4190
4700
4740
4840
5400
5500
6150
5650
6400
6440
6540
7340
7440
8430
4190
4700
4740
4840
5400
5500
6150
610
845
845
845
1080
1080
1315
2175
2410
2410
2410
2675
2675
2880
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
525
525
525
525
525
525
525
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
290
290
290
290
290
290
290
460
460
460
460
460
460
460
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
1. Access; 2. Make-up; 3. Electric Float Switch; 4. Overflow; 5. Drain; 6. Water Treatment Connection; 7.Bare Coil Fluid Inlet ND100; 8. Bare
Coil Fluid Outlet ND100; 9. Vent; 10. FDC Fluid Inlet ND80; 11. FDC Fluid Outlet ND80; 12. Three-Way valve; 13. Orifice; 14. Terminal Box; 15.
Operating Level; 16. Overflow Level.
HFL - D 13
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
HFL 108X - 144X (Single Cell Units)
Model
HFL
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Air-
flow
(m
3
/s)
Spray-
flow
(l/s)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
Dimensions (mm) FDC 3-Way Valve Arrangement
F H L W
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
HFL 1081-O
HFL 1081-P
HFL 1082-O
HFL 1082-P
HFL 1083-O
HFL 1083-P
HFL 1084-P
HFL 1084-Q
22
30
22
30
22
30
30
37
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
33,3
36,9
32,4
35,9
31,1
34,5
33,8
36,2
26,9
26,9
26,9
26,9
26,9
26,9
26,9
26,9
5310
5330
6050
6070
6840
6860
7660
7760
7280
7300
8250
8270
9410
9430
10360
10460
5310
5330
6050
6070
6840
6860
7660
7760
610
610
845
845
1080
1080
1315
1315
2175
2175
2410
2410
2675
2675
2880
2880
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
590
805
805
805
805
805
805
805
805
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
670
670
670
670
670
670
670
670
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
320
HFL 1442-O
HFL 1442-P
HFL 1443-O
HFL 1443-P
HFL 1443-Q
HFL 1444-P
HFL 1444-Q
22
30
22
30
37
30
37
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
33,7
37,3
32,8
36,3
39,9
35,6
38,2
36,3
36,3
36,3
36,3
36,3
36,3
36,3
7220
7240
8170
8190
8290
9160
9260
9770
9790
11080
11100
11190
12535
12635
7220
7240
8170
8190
8290
9160
9260
845
845
1080
1080
1080
1315
1315
2410
2410
2675
2675
2675
2880
2880
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
3605
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
1055
1055
1055
1055
1055
1055
1055
510
510
510
510
510
510
510
890
890
890
890
890
890
890
340
340
340
340
340
340
340
1. Access; 2. Make-up; 3. Electric Float Switch; 4. Overflow; 5. Drain; 6. Water Treatment Connection; 7.Bare Coil Fluid Inlet ND100; 8. Bare
Coil Fluid Outlet ND100; 9. Vent; 10. FDC Fluid Inlet ND100; 11. FDC Fluid Outlet ND100; 12. Three-Way valve; 13. Orifice; 14. Terminal Box;
15. Operating Level; 16. Overflow Level.
HFL - D 14
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HFL 150X - 192X (Double Cell Units)
Model
HFL
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Air-
flow
(m
3
/s)
Spray-
flow
(l/s)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
Dimensions (mm) FDC 3-Way Valve Arrangement
F H L W
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
HFL 1502-N
HFL 1502-O
HFL 1503-L
HFL 1503-O
HFL 1504-O
18,5+18,5
22+22
11+11
22+22
22+22
1,1+1,1
1,1+1,1
1,1+1,1
1,1+1,1
1,1+1,1
45,6
48,0
38,6
46,8
45,8
35,8
35,8
35,8
35,8
35,8
8000
8040
9020
9100
10180
10990
11030
12450
12530
13870
4000
4020
4510
4550
5090
845
845
1080
1080
1315
2410
2410
2675
2675
2880
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
4840
4840
4840
4840
4840
840
840
840
840
840
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
540
540
540
540
540
840
840
840
840
840
180
180
180
180
180
HFL 1921-P
HFL 1922-N
HFL 1922-O
HFL 1922-P
HFL 1923-O
HFL 1923-P
HFL 1924-P
30+30
18,5+18,5
22+22
30+30
22+22
30+30
30+30
2,2+2,2
2,2+2,2
2,2+2,2
2,2+2,2
2,2+2,2
2,2+2,2
2,2+2,2
57,4
49,0
51,8
56,6
51,2
55,8
54,8
48,4
48,4
48,4
48,4
48,4
48,4
48,4
8380
9400
9480
9680
10800
11000
12300
11300
12800
12880
13080
14680
14880
16860
4190
4700
4740
4840
5400
5500
6150
610
845
845
845
1080
1080
1315
2175
2410
2410
2410
2675
2675
2880
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
4840
4840
4840
4840
4840
4840
4840
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
580
580
580
580
580
580
580
920
920
920
920
920
920
920
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
HFL - D 15
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
HFL 180X - 240 X (Double Cell Units)
Model
HFL
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Air-
flow
(m
3
/s)
Spray-
flow
(l/s)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
Dimensions (mm) FDC 3-Way Valve Arrangement
F H L W
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
HFL 1801-P
HFL 1802-O
HFL 1802-P
HFL 1803-P
HFL 1804-Q
15+30
18,5+2
2
22+30
22+30
22+37
1,1+4
1,1+4
1,1+4
1,1+4
1,1+4
58,7
55,2
59,9
57,9
59,1
44,8
44,8
44,8
44,8
44,8
8790
10050
10090
11410
12850
12075
13745
13785
15695
17395
5330
6050
6070
6860
7760
610
845
845
1080
1315
2175
2410
2410
2675
2880
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
6045
6045
6045
6045
6045
1010
1010
1010
1010
1010
1360
1360
1360
1360
1360
700
700
700
700
700
1090
1090
1090
1090
1090
320
320
320
320
320
HFL 2402-O
HFL 2402-P
HFL 2403-P
HFL 2403-Q
HFL 2404-Q
18,5+2
2
22+30
22+30
30+37
30+37
2,2+4
2,2+4
2,2+4
2,2+4
2,2+4
58,2
63,2
61,9
66,8
65,6
60,5
60,5
60,5
60,5
60,5
11920
11980
13590
13790
15410
16760
16820
19030
19230
21660
7220
7240
8190
8290
9260
845
845
1080
1080
1315
2410
2410
2675
2675
2880
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
6045
6045
6045
6045
6045
1285
1285
1285
1285
1285
1755
1755
1755
1755
1755
800
800
800
800
800
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
340
340
340
340
340
HFL - D 16
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HFL 216X - 288X (Double Cell Units)
General Notes
1. All connections 100 mm and smaller are MPT. Connections larger
than 100 mm are bevelled-for-welding.
2. Fan kW is for HFL units without FDC (0 Pa ESP) and in wet
operation. To operate against external static pressure up to 125
Pa, consult your local BAC Balticare representative for size and
location.
3. Airflow is for HFL units without FDC. For air flow of units equipped
with the FDC consult you local BAC Balticare Representative.
4. Unit height is indicative, for precise value refer to certified print.
5. Shipping/operating weights indicated are for units without
accessories such as sound attenuators, discharge hoods, etc.
Consult factory certified prints to obtain weight additions and the
heaviest section to be lifted.
6. The weights for the 3-way valve arrangement are the maximum
weights.
Model
HFL
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
Air-
flow
(m
3
/s)
Spray-
flow
(l/s)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
Dimensions (mm) FDC 3-Way Valve Arrangement
F H L W
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Ship.
Weight
(kg)
Oper.
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
HFL 2161-P
HFL 2162-O
HFL 2162-P
HFL 2163-P
HFL 2164-Q
30+30
22+22
30+30
30+30
37+37
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
73,8
64,7
71,7
69,0
72,4
53,8
53,8
53,8
53,8
53,8
10660
12100
12140
13720
15520
14600
16500
16540
18860
20920
5330
6050
6070
6860
7760
610
845
845
1080
1315
2175
2410
2410
2675
2880
2730
2730
2730
2730
2730
7250
7250
7250
7250
7250
1180
1180
1180
1180
1180
1610
1610
1610
1610
1610
860
860
860
860
860
1340
1340
1340
1340
1340
320
320
320
320
320
HFL 2882-O
HFL 2882-P
HFL 2883-O
HFL 2883-P
HFL 2883-Q
HFL 2884-Q
22+22
30+30
22+22
30+30
37+37
37+37
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
67,3
74,6
65,5
72,6
77,9
76,3
72,6
72,6
72,6
72,6
72,6
72,6
14440
14480
16340
16380
16580
18520
19540
19580
22160
22200
22380
25270
7220
7240
8170
8190
8290
9260
845
845
1080
1080
1080
1315
2410
2410
2675
2675
2675
2880
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
3650
7250
7250
7250
7250
7250
7250
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
1520
2110
2110
2110
2110
2110
2110
1020
1020
1020
1020
1020
1020
1780
1780
1780
1780
1780
1780
340
340
340
340
340
340
HFL - D 17
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Sound Attenuation
HS and HD Sound Attenuation
VS Sound Attenuation
1. Access; 2. FDC; 3. Discharge Attenuator; 4. Intake Attenuator HS, 5. Intake Attenuator HD; 6. Three-way valve arrangement; 7. Pump
Attenuation (only installed on 3000 rpm pump motors).
1. Access; 2. FDC; 3. Discharge Attenuator; 4. Intake Attenuator VS, 5. Intake Plenum VS; 6. Three-way valve arrangement; 7. Pump
Attenuation (only installed on 3000 rpm pump motors).
HFL - D 18
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HFL with FDC (Finned Discharge Coil)
HFL without FDC (Finned Discharge Coil)
Model
HFL
HS attenuator HD attenuator VS attenuator Dimensions
Solid Bottom
+ Intake
(kg)
Discharge
(kg)
Total
(kg)
Solid Bottom
+ Intake
(kg)
Discharge
(kg)
Total
(kg)
Total
(kg)
" L"
(mm)
" W"
(mm)
HFL 36X-X 515 255 770 710 275 985 880 2730 1250
HFL 48X-X 515 315 830 710 335 1045 965 3650 1250
HFL 72X-X 790 420 1210 1105 455 1560 1330 2730 2400
HFL 96X-X 790 510 1300 1105 550 1655 1435 3650 2400
HFL 108X-X 1065 590 1655 1520 640 2160 1830 2730 3605
HFL 144X-X 1065 715 1780 1520 770 2290 1980 3650 3605
HFL 150X-X 1580 840 2420 2210 910 3120 2660 2730 4840
HFL 192X-X 1580 1020 2600 2210 1100 3310 2870 3650 4840
HFL 180X-X 1855 1010 2865 2625 1095 3720 3160 2730 6045
HFL 240X-X 1855 1225 3080 2625 1320 3945 3415 3650 6045
HFL 216X-X 2130 1180 3310 3040 1280 4320 3660 2730 7250
HFL 288X-X 2130 1430 3560 3040 1540 4580 3960 3650 7250
Model
HFL
HS attenuator HD attenuator VS attenuator Dimensions
Solid Bottom
+ Intake
(kg)
Discharge
(kg)
Total
(kg)
Solid Bottom
+ Intake
(kg)
Discharge
(kg)
Total
(kg)
Total
(kg)
" L"
(mm)
" W"
(mm)
HFL 36X-X 515 295 810 710 315 1025 855 2730 1250
HFL 48X-X 515 365 880 710 385 1095 950 3650 1250
HFL 72X-X 790 465 1255 1105 500 1605 1300 2730 2400
HFL 96X-X 790 565 1355 1105 605 1710 1415 3650 2400
HFL 108X-X 1065 650 1715 1520 700 2220 1800 2730 3605
HFL 144X-X 1065 785 1850 1520 840 2360 1955 3650 3605
HFL 150X-X 1580 930 2510 2210 1000 3210 2600 2730 4840
HFL 192X-X 1580 1130 2710 2210 1210 3420 2830 3650 4840
HFL 180X-X 1855 1115 2970 2625 1200 3825 3100 2730 6045
HFL 240X-X 1855 1350 3205 2625 1445 4070 3370 3650 6045
HFL 216X-X 2130 1300 3430 3040 1400 4440 3600 2730 7250
HFL 288X-X 2130 1570 3700 3040 1680 4720 3910 3650 7250
HFL - D 19
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Operation of the HFL "Wet/Dry" Sump Design
Wet Operation
The fluid to be cooled is fed to the HFL Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling Tower. Through a water
distribution system installed above the prime surface coil water is sprayed over the coil. From the
coil the spray water drops into a plenum with a sloping bottom panel. The spray water is then
drained to the wet sump, where it is collected and pumped to the water distribution system for
another cycle. The sump is shielded from the air stream by a separation panel, which extends into
a water lock. By means of the water lock the pressure difference between the equipment interior
(elevated pressure) and the sump (atmospheric pressure) is equalised. The water lock is
designed so that the fan(s) can be operated at any fan speed (and pressure) and maintain
atmospheric pressure in the sump area. This way access to the sump is possible even if the fan
system is in operation.
Dry Operation
During dry operation the spray water pump is shut off. The spray water drains into the wet sump.
The sloping bottom of the plenum ensures complete drainage. In subfreezing conditions an electric
sump heater located underneath the water lock will ensure that the water in the sump and in
particular in the water lock area will not freeze. Air will be moved over the prime surface coil to
reject the heat from the fluid fed to this coil. It is possible to consider the use of multi-step fan
motors or modulating air flow controls, but if the aim is to achieve the maximum reduction of water
consumption, it is recommended to maintain full airflow during wet operation and change fan
speed only during dry operation periods.
Three Distinct Modes of Operation
Combined wet/dry Operating Mode
The fluid to be cooled is first fed to the finned
discharge coil, where it is pre-cooled by the
discharge air. Subsequently the fluid is fed to the
prime surface coil, which is wetted by the spray
system. By means of evaporative heat transfer
the fluid is cooled to its desired exit temperature.
With this arrangement already at peak conditions
significant water savings can be achieved. At
reduced heat load and/or ambient temperatures
the three-way valve (optional), which is controlled
by the design fluid outlet temperature, modulates
the flow through the wetted prime surface coil. As
flow and heat load for the wetted prime surface
coil decrease, less and less evaporative heat
transfer will occur and a significant amount of
water is saved.
Adiabatic Operating Mode
When the fluid to be cooled completely bypasses the wetted prime surface coil, the adiabatic
operating mode occurs. In this mode no heat is rejected from the wetted prime surface coil and no
water is evaporated for heat rejection purposes. The only water that evaporates is the water
needed to humidify the air stream subsequently led over the finned discharge coil. Due to
humidification the temperature of this air is reduced and the heat transfer capability of the finned
discharge coil is increased.
Wet-Dry Operating Mode
HFL - D 20
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Dry Operating Mode
During this mode the spray water pump is off and the three-way valve is set, so that the full flow of
the fluid to be cooled is fed to the prime surface coil. This way it is achieved that full benefit is taken
from the heat exchange surfaces of both, the finned discharge coil and the prime surface coil,
which in this mode is not wetted. In this mode no water is consumed at all.
Note: *During dry mode air flow modulation can be controlled by two-speed motor or Variable Frequency Drive.
Operation Mode
Dry Finned Coil
Fluid Flow
Wet Prime Surface Coil
Fluid Flow
Spray Pump Fans
Dry-Wet Mode 100 % Modulating ON ON
Adiabatic Mode 100 % 0 % ON ON
Dry Mode 100 % 100 % OFF ON*
Adiabatic Operating Mode Dry Operating Mode
HFL - D 21
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Structural Support
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units with and without Sound Attenuation
HFL 36X to HFL 144X (Single Cell Units)
HFL 150X to HFL 288X (Double Cell Units)
1. (4) 22 mm mounting holes; 2. Support Beams; 3. Fan Side; 4. Outline of Unit; 5. Outline of Attenuator HS (optional); 6. Outline of
Attenuator HD (optional).
1. (12) 22 mm mounting holes; 2. Support Beams; 3. Fan Side; 4. Outline of Unit; 5. Outline of Attenuator HS (optional); 6. Outline of
Attenuator HD (optional); 7. Temporary min. 500 mm extra length required (see note 5).
HFL - D 22
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for double cell units
consists of three parallel I-beams. Supports and anchor bolts are
to be designed and furnished by others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should
be 60% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform load
to each of the unit beams. Beams should be designed in
accordance with standard structural practice. For the maximum
allowable deflection of beams under the unit refer to above table.
4. Double Cell units in combination with omega lineair springs or
vibration isolators, require a different support arrangement. Use
2x single cell arrangement positioned 500mm apart.
5. Units to be positioned +/- 500mm apart on the beams and then
pushed and/or pulled together.
Model A B C D
Maximum Allowable Beam
Deflection (mm)
HFL 36X 3334 1194 - - 13
HFL 48X 4253 1194 - - 13
HFL 72X 3334 2344 - - 13
HFL 96X 4253 2344 - - 13
HFL 108X 3334 3551 - - 13
HFL 144X 4253 3551 - - 13
HFL 150 X 3334 2344 2344 1951 13
HFL 192 X 4253 2344 2344 1951 13
HFL 180 X 3334 3551 2344 1951 13
HFL 240 X 4253 3551 2344 1951 13
HFL 216 X 3334 3551 3551 1951 13
HFL 288 X 4253 3551 3551 1951 13
HFL - D 23
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
1.0 Hybrid Closed Circuit Cooling Tower
1.0 General: Furnish and install ____factory assembled, forced draft,
centrifugal fan, hybrid closed circuit cooling tower(s) with vertical air
discharge, conforming in all aspects to the specifications and
schedules as shown on the plans. Overall dimensions shall not
exceed approximately ____mm long x ____mm wide x ____ mm
high. The total connected fan kW shall not exceed ____kW. The total
connected pump kW shall not exceed ____kW. The hybrid closed
circuit cooling tower(s) shall be Baltimore Aircoil Model(s)
________________.
1.2. Thermal Capacity (water as heat transfer fluid): The hybrid
closed-circuit cooling tower(s) shall be warranted by the manufacturer
to cool ______lps of _______ water from ____C to ____C at
____C entering wet-bulb temperature and from ____C to ____C at
____C entering dry bulb temperature.
(Alternate1.2.) Thermal Capacity (aqueous glycol solution as heat
transfer fluid): The hybrid closed circuit cooling tower(s) shall be
warranted by the manufacturer to cool ________lps of _____% by
volume ethylene/propylene glycol solution from ______C to
_____C at _____C entering wet-bulb temperature and from ____C
to ____C at ____C entering dry bulb temperature. Coil pressure
drop shall not exceed ________bar.
1.3. Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise noted in
this specification, all steel panels and structural members shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized steel,
with all sheared edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound.
(Alternate1.3.) Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise
noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural members
shall be protected with the BALTIBONDCorrosion Protection
System. The system shall consist of Z600 metric hot-dip galvanized
steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse, and dry) process
with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting hybrid polymer fuse-
bonded to the substrate during a thermally activated curing stage and
monitored by a 23-step quality assurance program.
1.4. Quality Assurance: The hybrid closed circuit cooling tower
manufacturer shall have a management system certified by an
accredited registrar as complying with the requirements of ISO-
9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of its products and services.
Hybrid closed circuit cooling tower manufacturers that are not ISO-
9001:2000 certified shall provide an additional year of warranty to the
customer at no additional cost.
1.5. Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty
shall be for a period of not less than one year from date of startup or
eighteen months from date of shipment, whichever occurs first.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1.Tower Structure: The hybrid closed circuit cooling tower shall be
constructed of heavy-gauge steel utilizing double-brake flanges for
maximum strength and rigidity and reliable sealing of water-tight
joints. All sheared edges shall be protected with a coating of zinc-rich
compound.
2.2. Casing Assembly: The hybrid closed circuit cooling tower shall
include a coil casing section consisting of a serpentine coil, spray
water distribution system, and drift eliminators, as indicated by the
manufacturer. Drift eliminators shall be removable in easily handled
sections. They shall incorporate a minimum of three changes in air
direction.
2.3. Coil Assembly:
2.3.1. Prime Surface Coil: The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
continuous lengths of all prime surface steel at the manufacturers
own facility, and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. The cooling coil
shall be pneumatically tested at 10 bar. The cooling coil shall be
designed for low pressure drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of
fluid.
2.3.2. Finned Discharge Coil: The cooling coil shall be fabricated of
copper tubes with corrugated aluminium plate fins and seamless
copper tube headers with connections. The cooling coil shall be
pneumatically tested at 10 bar. Fins with full drawn collars to maintain
consistent fin spacing and a continuous surface contact over the
entire tube. Staggered arrangement of minimum 4 circuits. Coils with
heavy-duty aluminium frame shall be installed in a casing from Z600
galvanised steel. Casing includes an access plenum with access
doors.
2.4. Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed evenly
over the coil at a minimum flow rate of 3.1 lps/m to ensure complete
wetting of the coil at all times by large-diameter, non-clog, plastic 360
distribution nozzles spaced across the coil face area in spray
branches by snap-in rubber grommets, allowing quick removal of
individual nozzles or complete branches for cleaning or flushing.
Nozzles shall utilize a two-stage diffusion pattern to provide
overlapping, umbrella spray patterns that create multiple intersection
points with adjacent nozzles.
2.5. Spray Pump System: The hybrid closed circuit cooling tower
shall include a close-coupled, bronze-fitted centrifugal pump
equipped with a mechanical seal, mounted on the basin and piped to
the suction strainer and water distribution system. It shall be installed
so that it can be drained when the basin is drained. The pump
assembly shall include a metering valve and bleed line to control the
bleed rate from the pump discharge to the overflow connection. The
pump motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type with IP
54 protection and class B insulation suitable for outdoor
service,_____ kW, _______Volt, ________Hz, ______Phase.
2.6. Basin Assembly: The hybrid closed circuit cooling tower sump
design includes a wet and a dry sump. During dry operation all water
will drain from the dry sump into the wet sump, which is shielded from
the airstream. Heaters in the wet sump are sufficiently sized to
prevent freezing at temperatures as low as 25C at full speed of the
fan system. Both sumps are compactly integrated into the design of
the hybrid closed circuit cooling tower(s). The combination sump/fan
section shall be constructed of heavy-gauge Z600 metric galvanized
steel. The wet sump shall be provided with large area lift out strainers
with perforated openings sized smaller than the water distribution
nozzles and an anti-vortexing device to prevent air entrainment. The
strainer and vortex device shall be constructed of the same material
as the cold water basin to prevent dissimilar metal corrosion.
HFL - D 24
H
F
L
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
3.0 Mechanical Equipment
3.1. Fan System: The fans and motors shall be factory installed at the
base of the unit in the dry entering air stream to provide greater
reliability and ease of maintenance. The forwardly curved centrifugal
fans shall be heavy-duty centrifugal flow types. Fan housings shall
have curved inlet rings for efficient air entry and rectangular discharge
cowls shall extend into the basin to increase fan efficiency and
prevent water from entering the fans. Fans shall be mounted on a
steel fan shaft supported by heavy-duty self-aligning, relubricatable
ball bearings with cast iron housings and designed for a minimum L10
life of 40 000 hours (280 000 hrs average life). The fan shaft shall be
protected with a two-part epoxy coating for corrosion protection.
3.2. Fan Motor/Drive System: Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed
fan cooled (TEFC), IP-55, class F, selected for _____Pa static
pressure. Fan motor(s) shall be suitable for _____ volts, ____ phase,
____ Hz electrical service and shall be mounted on an easily
adjusted, heavy-duty motor base. V-belt drives and all moving parts
are protected with removable screens.
(Alternate 3.2.) Baltiguard
Protection System.
Vibration Cut-out Switch
A factory-mounted vibration cut-out switch is available to effectively protect against equipment
failure due to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide a
vibration cut-out switch in an IP65 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Internal Service Platform and Ladder External Service Platform
Extended Lubrication Lines
HXC - D 12
H
X
C
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Basin Heaters
Although most units will operate dry in the winter, basin heaters are available for freeze protection
when required. Basin heaters prevent freezing of the water in the cold water basin when the unit
is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which maintain the water temperature at 4C, are a simple and
inexpensive way of providing such protection.
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical make-up valve when a more
precise water level control is required. This package consists of a float switch mounted in the basin
and a solenoid activated valve in the make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize
water hammer.
Stand-by Pump
A factory mounted stand-by pump is available, including non-return valves in each pump piping
line. In case of a pump failure, there can be switched over to the stand-by pump, eliminating the
unit shut down period as much as possible.
N2 Filling of the Coil
For prolonged shipment periods (ocean freight) or extended storage on site it is recommended to
charge the coil(s) with nitrogen.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective method of preventing sediment from collecting in the
cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical Resources, Filtration".
Model No. HXC Electric Immersion Heaters -18C kW
HXC 131-147 1 x 6
HXC 173-193 1 x 6
HXC 214-288 1 x 8
HXC 379-424 2 x 6
HXC 309 2 x 6
HXC 468 2 x 6
Basin Sweeper Piping N2 Filling of the Coil
HXC - D 13
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
HXC 131-193
Model No
HXC
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Airflow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
(kW)
Inlet/Outlet Coil
Connections
(mm)
R717 Charge
(kg)
Prime
Surface
Coil
Finned
Coil
Prime
Surface
Coil
Dry
Coil
HXC 131
HXC 147
5772
6032
4172
4402
2160
2390
5397
5397
2775
2775
2385
2385
19,6
19,1
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
18,3
18,3
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
100
100
80
80
46
57
10
10
HXC 173
HXC 193
7298
7638
5155
5455
2620
2920
5397
5397
3690
3690
2385
2385
26,1
25,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 7,5
31,5
31,5
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
100
100
80
80
61
76
14
14
1. Refrigerant in; 2. Refrigerant out; 3. Make Up ND15; 4. Overflow ND80; Drain ND50; 6. Acces door.
HXC - D 14
H
X
C
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
HXC 214-468
General Notes
1. Dimensional drawings show standard (right hand) arrangements.
Left hand arrangement can be furnished by special order.
2. Coil connection locations are approximate. Dimensions should not
be used for prefabrication of the connecting piping. All coil
connections are beveled for welding.
3. Shipping/operating weights indicated are for units without
accessories such as sound attenuators, discharge hoods, etc.
Consult factory certified prints to obtain weight additions and the
heaviest section to be lifted. Operating weight shown in tables is
based on total unit weight of refrigerant operating charge and
basin filled to overflow level.
4. The units will be delivered in 3 different pieces, upper, middle and
lower section.
Model No
HXC
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Airflow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Spray
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
(kW)
Inlet/Outlet Coil
Connections
(mm)
R717 Charge
(kg)
Prime
Surface
Coil
Finned
Coil
Prime
Surface
Coil
Dry
Coil
HXC 214
HXC 258
HXC 288
8625
8042
8542
6200
5547
5987
2840
3280
3720
6717
6717
6717
3690
3690
3690
2985
2985
2985
35,1
34,7
33,7
(2x) 11
(2x) 11
(2x) 11
45,1
45,1
45,1
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
(1x) 4
100
100
100
80
80
80
69
91
114
16
16
16
HXC 379
HXC 424
13355
14125
9601
10271
4740
5410
6856
6856
5520
5520
2985
2985
52,9
51,4
(3x) 11
(3x) 11
56,8
56,8
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
100
100
80
80
136
170
24
24
HXC 309 11017 7796 4010 6856 3690 3610 36,4 (2x) 9 45,1 (1x) 4 100 80 123 19
HXC 468 16200 11341 5850 6996 5520 3610 56,5 (3x) 11 56,8 (1x) 5,5 100 80 182 29
1. Refrigerant in; 2. Refrigerant out; 3. Make Up ND25; 4. Overflow ND80; 5. Drain ND50; 6. Access door.
HXC - D 15
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Sound Attenuation
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Modes of Operation
Note: *During dry mode air flow modulation can be controlled by two-speed motor or Variable Frequency Drive.
Model No.
HXC
Weight Sound Attenuator
(kg)
HXC 131-147 130
HXC 173-193 175
HXC 214-288 150
HXC 379-424 375
HXC 309 250
HXC 468 375
Operation Mode Modulating Air Inlet Dampers Spray Pump Fans
Dry-Wet Mode Closed ON ON
Modulating Mode 0 100% Open ON ON
Dry Mode 100 % Open OFF ON*
1. Unit Width; 2. Unit Height; 3. Insulated Plenum; 4. Intake Attenuator.
HXC - D 16
H
X
C
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Dry/Wet Mode
The refrigerant to be condensed always first flows through the dry finned coil and then to the wet prime
surface coil, where the condensed exits the unit. Spray is drawn from the cold water basin and pumped to
the water distribution system above the prime surface coil. Wetting the prime surface coil allows evaporative
cooling to occur. The spray water falls from the prime surface coil over the wet deck surface, enhancing the
evaporative heat transfer by sub-cooling the spray water. Air is drawn through both the prime surface coil
and through the wet deck surface where it is saturated and picks up heat. The air is, however, still cold
enough to achieve significant heat rejection within the finned coil, which is installed at the discharge above
the fan(s). In this mode the finned coil, acts in fact as a desuperheater. Due to the sensible heat transfer of
the finned coil, water consumption is reduced, when compared to a conventional evaporative condenser.
In the dry-wet mode, both sensible and evaporative heat transfer are used. Compared to a conventional
evaporative unit, the potential for plume is substantially reduced and significant water savings can be
obtained, even at peak design conditions.
Modulating Mode
At reduced heat load and/or reduced ambient temperatures, the dampers may open and modulate to further
reduce water consumption and to control the condensing capacity. When the dampers open, they open a
low resistance path for ambient air to directly reach the fan, mixing with the humid air from the wet section
of the condenser. This low resistance path reduces water consumption in two ways. First, air is drawn
through the open louvers, reducing the air drawn through the wet section and the related evaporation.
Second, the low resistance path allows the fans to move a greater total volume of air, which passes over the
dry section and improves the performance of the dry coil. This change in airflow also serves to control
capacity as the heat load is shifted from the wet section to the dry section, keeping the condensing
temperature from falling as the heat load or ambient temperatures fall. In addition, the potential for plume is
further diminished by reducing the amount of evaporated water and increasing the heat added to the
discharge air by the dry finned coil.
Dry-Wet Mode Water Consumption
Modulating Mode Water Consumption
HXC - D 17
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Dry Mode
During the dry mode the spray water system is turned off, saving on pump energy. With the intelligent HXC
Hybrid condenser the switchpoint from wet to dry operation is improved, since the total airflow in the product
increases when the dampers are fully open. In this mode no water consumption occurs, and plume is
completely eliminated. When the equipment operates in the dry mode for prolonged periods, draining the
cold water basin is recommended, eliminating the need for freeze protection and water treatment.
Remote Sump Data
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Dry Mode Water Consumption
HXC - D 18
H
X
C
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following
drawing. Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom
of the unit. To support units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units With and Without Sound Attenuation
Notes :
1. Support steel and anchor bolts to be designed and furnished by
others.
2. All support steel must be level at the top.
3. Beams must be selected in accordance with accepted structural
practice. Maximum deflection of beam under unit see table.
4. If vibration isolation rails are to be used between the unit and
supporting steel, be certain to allow for the length of the vibration
rails when determining the length of the supporting steel, as
vibration rail length and mounting hole locations may differ from
those of the unit.
5. If point vibration isolation is used with multi-cell units, the isolators
must be located under the support steel, not between the support
steel and the towers.
Model
HXC
Max. Deflection
(mm) (4)
Dimensions (mm)
N of 20 mm
Anchorbolts
W L A B C
131-147 8 2385 2775 2325 - 255 4
173-193 10 2385 3690 2325 - 255 4
214-288 10 2985 3690 2925 - 255 4
379-424 12 2985 5520 2925 2440 270 8
309 10 3610 3690 3550 - 255 4
468 12 3610 5520 3550 2440 270 8
1. Outline of Unit, 2. Air Intake, 3. Mounting Holes diameter 22 mm, 4. Unit
HXC - D 19
W
a
t
e
r
S
a
v
i
n
g
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
General
A. General: Furnish and install, _____ factory assembled hybrid
condenser(s) of induced draft design, with single side air entry and
vertical air discharge. Overall dimensions shall not exceed
approximately _____ mm x _____ mm, with an overall height not
exceeding approximately _____mm. Operating weight shall not
exceed _____ kg. The hybrid condenser shall be Baltimore Aircoil
Model ____________.
B. Capacity: The hybrid condenser(s) shall be warranted by the
manufacturer to have condensing capacity of _____ kW heat
rejection, operating with ____ refrigerant at ___C condensing
temperature and ___C entering wet-bulb temperature.
C. Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty shall
be for a period of one year from the date of startup or eighteen months
from the date of shipment, whichever ends first.
D. Quality Assurance: The manufacture shall have Management
System certified by an accredited registrar as complying with the
requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of
products and services.
Products
1.0 Evaporative Condenser Materials and Components
1.1 Baltiplus Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise
noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural elements
shall be constructed from heavy-gauge, Z600 hot-dip galvanized
steel, with all sheared edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound and the exterior protected with the Baltiplus Corrosion
Protection.
(Alternate 1.1) Baltibond
wet deck
surface with integral drift eliminators for cooling the spray water
leaving the coil to optimize the thermal performance of the hybrid
condenser as well as saturate and pre-cool the incoming ambient air.
a. The wet deck surface and integral drift eliminators shall be formed
from plastic material.
b. The wet deck surface and integral drift eliminators shall be
impervious to rot, decay, fungus, and biological attack.
3.4 Combined Inlet Shields: Combined inlet shields shall be
separate from the wet deck surface and removable to allow easy
access for inspection of the air/water interface at the air inlet side of
the equipment. Combined inlet shields shall prevent UV-light and
debris from entering the unit, as well as prevent water splash out
during fan cycling. They shall be constructed of maintenance free,
corrosion and UV resistant material.
3.5 Hinged Access Door: A large, hinged access door shall be
provided for access to the coil, drift eliminators and fan plenum
section. The water make-up valve, float ball and suction strainer shall
be easily accessible.
3.6. Internal walkway: The hybrid condenser shall be provided with
an internal walkway at the access door to facilitate servicing of the
unit.
4.0 Dry Finned Coil Assembly
The hybrid condenser shall include a dry finned coil section consisting
of a heavy-gauge steel panel construction (either Baltiplus or
Baltibond Corrosion Protection) and two dry finned coils. The dry
finned coils consist of a 6-row stainless steel AISI 304L coil in a
staggered triangle tube arrangement with precoated aluminium high
density fins. Coil is designed in accordance to PED for 23 bar
operating pressure.
5.0 Sound
Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment, the
maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the hybrid
condenser operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
Overview
EC - E 1
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
Evaporative Condensers
.
Product Group Detail
General Information ................................................................................. E2
Principle of Operation .............................................................................. E2
Configuration ............................................................................................. E2
Fan System ................................................................................................. E3
Capacity Range .......................................................................................... E4
Typical Applications .................................................................................. E4
Product Line Overview Table .................................................................. E4
Engineering Considerations ..................................................................... E6
EC - E 2
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
General Information
Evaporative condensers provide heat rejection for many types of systems, and the specific
application will largely determine which BAC Evaporative Condenser is best suited for a project.
The product line overview table in this section is intended as a general guide.
Evaporative condensers are used to provide lower condensing temperatures and compressor
kilowatts savings of up to 30 percent when compared with air-cooled systems.
Principle of Operation
The vapor to be condensed is circulated through a condensing coil, which is continually wetted on
the outside by a re-circulating water system. Air is pulled or pushed over the coil, causing a small
portion of the re-circulating water to evaporate. The evaporation removes heat from the vapor in
the coil, causing it to condense.
Configuration
BAC manufactures three types of evaporative condensers: combined flow, counter flow, hybrid
and adiabatic products.
Combined Flow
Combined flow is the use of both a condensing coil and wet deck surface for heat transfer in an
evaporative condenser. The addition of wet deck surface to the traditional evaporative condenser
design reduces evaporation in the coil section, reducing the potential for scaling and fouling. BACs
combined flow evaporative condensers utilize parallel flow of air and spray water over the coil, and
crossflow air/water flow through the wet deck surface.
In parallel flow, air and water flow over the coil in the same direction. In the wet deck section of
BACs combined flow evaporative condensers, air and water interact in a crossflow configuration:
water flows vertically down the wet deck as air flows horizontally across it.
Combined Flow: Parallel flow of air and water
over the coil
Combined flow: Crossflow configuration over
the wet deck
EC - E 3
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Counterflow
In a counterflow evaporative condenser design,
the flow of the air is in the opposite direction of the
spray water. In BACs counterflow evaporative
condensers, air travels vertically up through the
unit while the spray water travels vertically down
over the coil.
Hybrid and Adiabatic Products
See description under separate section "Hybrid
Water Saving Products.
Fan System
The flow of air through most factory assembled evaporative cooling equipment is provided by one
or more mechanically driven fans. The fan(s) may be axial or centrifugal, each type having its own
distinct advantages.
Axial fan units require approximately half the fan motor kilowatt of comparably sized centrifugal fan
units, offering significant life-cycle cost savings.
Centrifugal fan units are capable of overcoming reasonable amounts of external static pressure
(125 Pa), making them suitable for both indoor and outdoor installations. Centrifugal fans are also
inherently quieter than axial fans, although the difference is minimal and can often be overcome
through the application of optional low sound fans and/or sound attenuation on axial fan units. Fans
can be applied in an induced draft or a forced draft configuration.
Induced Draft
The rotating air handling components of induced draft equipment are mounted in the top deck of
the unit, minimizing the impact of fan noise on near-by neighbors and providing maximum
protection from fan icing with units operating in sub-freezing conditions. The air being drawn
through the unit hereby discharges over the inducing fan. The use of corrosion resistant materials
ensures long life and minimizes maintenance requirements for the air handling components.
Forced Draft
Rotating air-handling components are located on the air inlet face at the base of forced draft
equipment whereby fresh air is blown through the unit. This base fan position facilitates easy
access for routine maintenance and service. Additionally, location of these components in the dry
entering air stream extends component life by isolating them from the corrosive saturated
discharge air.
Counterflow Configuration
Centrifugal Fans Axial Fans
EC - E 4
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Capacity Range
All capacities shown are for a single unit; multiple units can be applied to achieve larger capacities.
Typical Applications
A list of typical applications is provided in the Product Line Overview Table for your reference.
Product Line Overview Table
For VXC, VCL, HXC, CXV, CXV-D: 1. Air in; 2. Air out; 3. Vapour in; 4. Liquid out; 5. Wet deck surface; 6. Cold water basin; 7. Water
distribution system; 8. Coil; 9. Spray Water Pump; 10. Eliminators; 11. Optional Extended Surface. 12. Dry finned coil; 13. Modulating air inlet
dampers; 14. Servo motor; 15. Pressure transmitter.
HXC and DCV water saving and hybrid wet-dry products are available to meet these specific
design requirements. Refer to the Water Saving Products section for more details on
these products.
VXC VCL
HXC
(For more information refer to Section
Hybrid Water Saving Products)
Principle of
Operation
Configuration Counterflow Counterflow Combined flow
Fan System Centrifugal Fan, Forced Draft Centrifugal Fan, Forced Draft Axial Fan, Induced Draft
Capacity Range
Nominal R717
kWs
50 to 6470 kW 160 to 1290 kW 710 to 2460 kW
Typical
Applications
Sound sensitive industrial refrigeration
projects
Installations with limited plan area
Indoor Installations
Sound sensitive industrial refrigeration
projects.
Installations with extremely low height
requirements
Indoor Installations
Skid packages
Industrial refrigeration applications in geo-
graphical regions where water cost is high.
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
1
1
2
2
10
EC - E 5
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
For TrilliumSeries Condenser: 1. Dry heat exchanger; 2. Fluid in; 3. Fluid out; 4. Axial Fans; 5. High efficiency evaporative coolingpad; 6.
Water inlet connections; 7. Water outlet connections; 8; Adiabatic cooling ot ambient air; 9. Air Discharge; 10. Air In.
CXV CXV-D
DCV
TrilliumSeries Condenser
(For more information refer to Section
Hybrid Water Saving Products)
Combined Flow Combined Flow Counterflow
Axial Fan, Induced Draft Axial Fan, Induced Draft Axial Fan, Induced Draft
410 to 2730 kW
3500 to 5140 kW 340 to 1030 kW
Industrial refrigeration applications
Very large industrial refrigeration and process
projects requiring low energy consumption and
low sound
Small to medium industrial refrigeration projects
Locations with limited water and limited space
availability
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
2
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4 10
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
7
8
10 10
2
1
EC - E 6
O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Considerations
Location
Units must have an adequate supply of fresh air to the air inlet(s). When units are located adjacent
to building walls or in enclosures, care must be taken to ensure that the warm, saturated discharge
air is not deflected off surrounding walls or enclosures and drawn back to the air inlet(s).
Warning: Each unit should be located and positioned to prevent the introduction of the warm discharge air and the
associated drift, which may contain chemical or biological contaminants including Legionella, into the ventilation
systems of the building on which the unit is located or those of adjacent buildings.
Note: For detailed recommendations on layout, please consult your local BAC Balticare Representative.
For VL and VX products, bottom screens or solid bottom panels may be desirable or necessary for
safety, depending on the location and conditions at the installation site.
Piping and Valves
Piping should be adequately sized according to standard refrigeration practice and arranged to
allow flexibility for expansion and contraction between component parts of the system. Suitably
sized equalising lines must be installed between the condenser and high pressure receiver to
prevent gas binding and refrigerant backup in the condenser. Service valves should be installed
so that the component parts may be easily serviced.
On multiple evaporative condenser installations, evaporative condensers in parallel with shell-and-
tube condensers, or single condensers with multiple coils, refrigerant outlet connections must be
trapped into the main liquid refrigerant header. The height of the trapped liquid legs must be
sufficient to balance the effect of the unequal coil pressures without backing up liquid refrigerant
into the condensing coil. This type of liquid line piping permits independent operation of any one
of the parallel circuits without manually closing inlet and outlet valves.
Although equalising lines can be used to balance water levels between multi-cell evaporative
condensers, the spray water for each cell must be treated separately, and a separate make-up
must be provided for each cell. Note that a common remote sump for multi-cell installations can
simplify make-up and water treatment. See section "Technical Resources, Application Guidelines"
or the appropriate Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual for more information on water
treatment.
Weld Byproduct Cleaning
The installation and manufacturing processes commonly used for field assembly of steel-piped
systems may leave weld byproducts inside coils and connecting piping (especially in refrigeration
systems). It is common practice to install filters and/or strainers that remove contaminants during
initial system operation. Shortly after system startup, the filters and/or strainers should be cleaned
or replaced.
Capacity Control
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD)
Installations which are to be controlled by Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) require the use of an
inverter duty motor as designed IEC 34.1, which recognizes the increased stresses placed on
motors by these drive systems. Inverter duty motors must be furnished on VFD applications in
order to maintain the motor warranty. Fan motors must be furnished with thermal protection (either
PTC sensors or coil thermostats normally open, or normally closed). The motor protection consists
of temperature sensitive cutout devices embedded in the motor windings (minimum 3 per motor).
EC - E 7
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
The minimum fan motor speed during normal operation should be not below 30% of the speed
indicated on the motor nameplate. This corresponds with 15 Hz for a 50 Hz supply and 18 Hz for
a 60 Hz supply.
BAC offers factory installed motor control packages including VFD drives. Refer to the section
"Technical Resources, Motor Controls". Check with your local BAC Balticare representative for
availability.
Warning: When the fan speed is to be changed from the factory-set speed, including through the use of a variable
speed control device, steps must be taken to avoid operating at or near fan speeds that cause a resonance with the
unit or its supporting structure. At start-up, the variable frequency drive should be cycled slowly between zero and
full speed and any speeds that cause a noticeable resonance in the unit should be locked out by the variable speed
drive.
Fan Cycling
Fan cycling is the simplest method of capacity control. The number of steps of capacity control can
be increased using the Baltiguard
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System consists of two standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 of the design kilowatt power. This configuration
allows the system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but with the reserve capacity of a standby
motor in the event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity will be available from the
low kilowatt motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the same, as those
required for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when
operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.
Low Sound Operation
The low sound levels generated by BAC Products with centrifugal fans make them suitable for
most installations. For situations when one direction is particularly sound sensitive, the unit can be
oriented so that the side opposite the air inlet faces the sound-sensitive direction. Units with
centrifugal fans are also available with factory designed, tested and rated sound attenuation for
both the air inlet and discharge.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical Resources, Sound Reduction Options.
Remote Sump Execution
The use of an auxiliary sump within a heated space is the most satisfactory way to protect sump
water from freezing. When the circulating pump is shut off, all the water in the water distribution, in
suspension and in the sump will drain freely to the auxiliary sump.
Note: For detailed information on the calculation of the remote sump tank, please refer to the section "Technical Resources, Selection of
Remote Sump Tank".
Baltiguard Drive System Unit with Intake and Discharge Sound
Attenuation
VXC - E 10
V
X
C
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Accessories
Ladder, Safety Cage and handrails
In the event the owner requires easy access to
the top of the unit, the unit can be furnished with
ladders extending from the base of the unit to the
top, as well as safety cages, and handrail
packages.
Note: When these access options are employed, the unit must be
equipped with steel drift eliminators.
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the
standard mechanical make-up valve when a
more precise water level control is required. This
package consists of a float switch mounted in the
basin and a solenoid activated valve in the make-
up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize water hammer.
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient
temperatures require protection to prevent
freezing of the water in the cold water basin when
the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which
maintain the water temperature at 4C, are a
simple and inexpensive way of providing such
protection. The heater package includes the
heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out
switch to protect the heaters if the water level is
too low. Standard electric heaters are selected for
-18C ambient temperature.
Model No.
VXC
Heater -18C
(kW)
14-28 1 x 1,5
36-65 1 x 1,5
72-97 1 x 2,5
110-135 1 x 3
150-205 1 x 4
221-454 1 x 6
495-516 2 x 4
562-680 2 x 5
714-908 / 715-804 2 x 6
990-1032 4 x 4
Ladder and Safety Cage, Handrails around top
of Unit
Extended Lubrication Lines
VXC - E 11
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Solid Bottom Panels
Factory-installed bottom panels are required when intake air is ducted to the unit.
Discharge Hoods
Discharge hoods reduce the risk of re-circulation in tight enclosures by increasing discharge air
velocity, and can be used to elevate the unit discharge above adjacent walls to comply with layout
guidelines.
Desuperheater
Desuperheaters can be used in R-717 systems with reciprocating compressors. They increase the
capacity of the standard model and extend the dry operation capacity. They are also effective in
reducing the occurrence of visible plumes.
Steel Eliminators
Steel eliminators with Baltibond
Drive System
The BALTIGUARD
Drive System consists of two standard single-speed fan motors and drive
assemblies. One drive assembly is sized for full speed and load, and the other is sized for
approximately 2/3 speed and consumes only 1/3 of the design kilowatt power. This configuration
allows the system to be operated like a two-speed motor, but with the reserve capacity of a standby
motor in the event of failure. As a minimum, approximately 70% capacity will be available from the
low kilowatt motor, even on a design wet-bulb day. Controls and wiring are the same, as those
required for a two-speed, two-winding motor. Significant energy savings are achieved when
operating at low speed during periods of reduced load and/or low wet-bulb temperatures.
Low Sound Operation
The low sound levels generated by BAC Products with centrifugal fans make them suitable for
most installations. For situations when one direction is particularly sound sensitive, the unit can be
oriented so that the side opposite the air inlet faces the sound-sensitive direction. Units with
centrifugal fans are also available with factory designed, tested and rated sound attenuation for
both the air inlet and discharge.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section Technical Resources, Sound Reduction Options.
Remote Sump
The use of an auxiliary sump within a heated space is the most satisfactory way to protect sump
water from freezing. When the circulating pump is shut off, all the water in the water distribution, in
suspension and in the sump will drain freely to the auxiliary sump.
Note: For detailed information on the calculation of the remote sump tank, please refer to the section "Technical Resources, Selection of
Remote Sump Tank".
Baltiguard
Protection System.
Basin Heaters
Units exposed to below freezing ambient temperatures require protection to prevent freezing of the
water in the cold water basin when the unit is idle. Factory-installed heaters, which maintain the
water temperature at 4C, are a simple and inexpensive way of providing such protection. The
heater package includes the heaters, a thermostat and a low level cut out switch to protect the
heaters if the water level is too low. Standard electric heaters are selected for -18C ambient
temperature.
Vibration Cut-out Switch
A factory-mounted vibration cut-out switch is available to effectively protect against equipment
failure due to excessive vibration of the mechanical equipment system. BAC can provide a
vibration cut-out switch in an IP65 enclosure to ensure reliable protection.
Model No.
CXV
Heater -18C
(kW)
CXV 074 - 093 1 x 4
CXV 123 - 147 1 x 6
CXV 153 - 193 1 x 6
CXV 207 - 296 1 x 8
CXV 338 - 435 2 x 6
CXV 283 - 327 2 x 6
CXV 416 - 481 2 x 8
CXV D645 - D792 2 x 12
CXV D791 - D944 2 x 14
External Service Platform, Ladder and Safety
Cage
CXV - E 12
C
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Electric Water Level Control Package
The electric water level control replaces the standard mechanical make-up valve when a more
precise water level control is required. This package consists of a float switch mounted in the basin
and a solenoid activated valve in the make-up water line. The valve is slow closing to minimize
water hammer.
Extended Lubrication Lines
Extended lubrication lines with grease fittings are
available for lubrication of the fan shaft bearings.
Stand-by Pump
A factory mounted stand-by pump is available,
including non-return valves in each pump piping
line. In case of a pump failure, there can be
switched over to the stand-by pump, eliminating
the unit shut down period as much as possible.
Basin Sweeper Piping
Basin sweeper piping provides an effective
method of preventing sediment from collecting in
the cold water basin of the unit. A complete piping
system, including nozzles, is provided in the unit
basin for connection to side stream filtration
equipment.
Note: For more information, please refer to the section "Technical
Resources, Filtration".
N2 Filling of the Coil
For prolonged shipment periods (ocean freight) or
extended storage on site it is recommended to
charge the coil(s) with nitrogen.
Mechanical Equipment Removal
System (Only on CXV-D Models)
The mechanical equipment removal system is a
lightweight, easy to install system for removal and
installation of fan motor or gearbox. (motors up to
22kW)
Extended Lubrication Lines
Basin Sweeper Piping
Mechanical Equipment Removal System
CXV - E 13
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Data CXV Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
CXV 74 - CXV 193
Model No.
CXV
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Spray Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump Motor
(kW)
R717
Charge
(kg)
CXV 74
CXV 80
CXV 84
CXV 89
CXV 93
3400
3410
3420
3590
3600
2350
2360
2370
2520
2530
1440
1450
1460
1600
1610
3980
3980
3980
3980
3980
1861
1861
1861
1861
1861
2385
2385
2385
2385
2385
13,0
14,5
16,0
14,3
15,8
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 7,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 7,5
12,0
12,0
12,0
12,0
12,0
(1x) 1,1
(1x) 1,1
(1x) 1,1
(1x) 1,1
(1x) 1,1
30
30
30
38
38
CXV 123
CXV 131
CXV 137
CXV 147
4980
5000
5240
5260
3390
3410
3610
3640
2150
2160
2360
2390
3980
3980
3980
3980
2775
2775
2775
2775
2385
2385
2385
2385
23,4
26,0
23,0
25,6
(2x) 4,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 4,0
(2x) 5,5
18,3
18,3
18,3
18,3
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
46
46
57
57
CXV 153
CXV 164
CXV 173
CXV 184
CXV 193
6290
6310
6320
6650
6660
4150
4180
4190
4480
4490
2590
2610
2620
2910
2920
3980
3980
3980
3980
3980
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
2385
2385
2385
2385
2385
26,2
29,2
32,3
28,8
31,9
(2x) 4,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
31,5
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
(1x) 2,2
61
61
61
76
76
1. Refrigerant in ND 100; 2. Refrigerant out ND 100; 3. Make-up ND 15; 4. Overflow ND 80; 5. Drain ND 50; 6. Access.
CXV - E 14
C
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
CXV 207 - CXV 435
Model No.
CXV
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Spray Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump Motor
(kW)
R717
Charge
(kg)
CXV 207
CXV 214
CXV 229
CXV 241
CXV 253
CXV 258
CXV 269
CXV 280
CXV 288
CXV 296
6970
6980
7450
7450
7480
7490
7950
7980
7990
8500
4560
4570
4960
4970
5000
5010
5410
5440
5450
5890
2830
2840
3240
3250
3270
3280
3690
3710
3720
4160
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
4790
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
3690
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
41,8
44,7
35,1
38,9
41,3
44,2
38,6
41,0
43,8
43,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 11,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 11,0
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 11,0
(2x) 11,0
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
69
69
91
91
91
91
114
114
114
136
CXV 338
CXV 354
CXV 369
CXV 379
CXV 396
CXV 411
CXV 424
CXV 435
10810
10820
10870
10880
11590
11640
11650
12410
7070
7090
7140
7150
7760
7810
7820
8490
4670
4680
4730
4740
5350
5400
5410
6090
4935
4935
4935
4935
4935
4935
4935
4935
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
2985
53,1
58,9
62,5
66,9
58,4
62,0
66,3
65,8
(3x) 5,5
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 9,0
(3x) 11,0
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 9,0
(3x) 11,0
(3x) 11,0
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
136
136
136
136
170
170
170
201
1. Refrigerant in ND 100; 2. Refrigerant out ND 100; 3. Make-up ND 25; 4. Overflow ND 80; 5. Drain ND 50; 6. Access.
CXV - E 15
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
CXV 283- CXV 481
General Notes CXV Models
1. Standard refrigerant in- and outlet connection sizes are ND100.
Consult your local BAC Balticare representative for size and
location. Refrigerant connections are standard bevelled for
welding.
2. Unit height is indicative, for precise value refer to certified print.
3. Shipping/operating weights indicated are for units without
accessories such as sound attenuators, discharge hoods, etc.
Consult factory certified prints to obtain weight additions and the
heaviest section to be lifted. Operating weight shown in the tables
is based on total unit weight, weight of refrigerant operating
charge and basin filled to overflow level.
4. Refrigerant charge listed is R717 operating charge. To determine
operating charge of R22 refrigerants, multiply by: 1,93.
For R134A, multiply by: 1,98.
5. The standard right hand arrangement as shown has the horizontal
air inlet side on the right when facing the coil connection side. Left
hand can be furnished by special order. Water and refrigerant
connections are always located on the opposite ends of the unit.
6. All CXV models will be shipped in two sections.
7. Units have standard Low Noise fans. For units with Whisper Quiet
fans a W is added at the end of the model name.
Model No.
CXV
Operating
Weight
(kg)
Shipping
Weight
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
Air Flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan Motor
(kW)
Spray Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump Motor
(kW)
R717
Charge
(kg)
CXV 283
CXV 297
CXV 309
CXV 327
9050
9080
9100
9650
5850
5880
5900
6380
3960
3990
4010
4490
4790
4790
4790
4790
3690
3690
3690
3690
3610
3610
3610
3610
39,4
43,7
46,4
49,0
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 7,5
(2x) 9,0
(2x) 11,0
45,1
45,1
45,1
45,1
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
(1x) 4,0
123
123
123
146
CXV 416
CXV 437
CXV 454
CXV 468
CXV 481
13230
13270
13320
13330
14150
8400
8440
8490
8500
9220
5750
5790
5840
5850
6570
4935
4935
4935
4935
4935
5520
5520
5520
5520
5520
3610
3610
3610
3610
3610
59,8
66,3
70,5
75,4
74,4
(3x) 5,5
(3x) 7,5
(3x) 9,0
(3x) 11,0
(3x) 11,0
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
56,8
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
(1x) 5,5
182
182
182
182
216
1. Refrigerant in ND 100; 2. Refrigerant out ND 100; 3. Make-up ND 25; 4. Overflow ND 80; 5. Drain ND 50; 6. Access.
CXV - E 16
C
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Sound Attenuation CXV Models
Remote Sump Data CXV Models
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Model No. Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
CXV D H
t
Intake Discharge
74 - 93 1345 4715 100 140
123 - 147 1345 4715 130 210
153 - 193 1345 4715 175 255
207 - 296 1500 5525 250 270
338 - 435 1500 5665 375 385
283 - 327 2005 5525 250 310
416 - 481 2005 5665 375 440
1. Intake Attenuator; 2. Discharge Attenuator; Ht = H (unit height) + 735 mm; W = Unit Width, see general Engineering data.
CXV - E 17
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Structural Support CXV Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data current
at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product improvement,
specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering data and more can be
found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
The recommended support arrangement for units consists of parallel I-beams running the full length of the unit, spaced as shown in the following drawing.
Besides providing adequate support, the steel also serves to raise the unit above any solid foundation to ensure access to the bottom of the unit. To support
units in an alternate steel support arrangement, consult your BAC Balticare Representative.
Units with and without Sound Attenuation
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for the units consists of
parallel I-beams extending the full length of the unit. Supports and
anchor bolts are to be designed and furnished by others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should be
70% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform load to each
of the unit beams. Beams should be designed in accordance with
standard structural practice. For the maximum allowable deflection of
beams under the unit see table.
4. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22 mm at the locations shown.
5. If vibration isolators are used, a rail or channel must be provided
between the unit (and optional attenuator) and the isolators to provide
continuous unit support. Additionally the support beams must be
designed to accommodate the overall length and mounting hole
location of the isolators that may differ from those of the unit. Refer to
vibration isolator drawings for these data.
6. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22mm.
Model No.
CXV
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Dimensions (mm)
No of 20 mm
Anchorbolts
W L A B C
CXV 074 - 093 5 2385 1861 2325 - 255 4
CXV 123 - 147 8 2385 2775 2325 - 255 4
CXV 153 - 193 10 2385 3690 2325 - 255 4
CXV 207 - 296 10 2985 3690 2925 - 255 4
CXV 283 - 327 10 3610 3690 3550 - 255 4
CXV 338 - 435 12 2985 5520 2925 2400 270 8
CXV 416 - 481 12 3610 5520 3550 2400 270 8
1. Unit Outline; 2. Air Intake; 3 Mounting Holes; 4. Unit.
CXV - E 18
C
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Data CXV-D Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
CXV-D 645L - CXV-D 944L Double Sided Units
*Actual shipping dimensions.
General Notes CXV-D Models
1. Standard refrigerant in- and outlet connection sizes are ND100.
Consult your local BAC Balticare representative for size and location.
Refrigerant connections are standard bevelled for welding.
2. Unit height is indicative, for precise value refer to certified print.
3. Shipping/operating weights indicated are for units without accessories
such as sound attenuators, discharge hoods, etc. Consult factory
certified prints to obtain weight additions and the heaviest section to be
lifted. Operating weight shown in the tables is based on total unit
weight, weight of refrigerant operating charge and basin filled to
overflow level.
4. Refrigerant charge listed is R717 operating charge. To determine
operating charge of R22 refrigerants, multiply by: 1,93. For R134A,
multiply by: 1,98.
5. Models with fan motor up to 22 kW have belt drive only; models
between 22 kW and 45 kW have standard belt drive but gear drive as
an option; models with 55 kW have gear drive only. Motorsize for a
specific model is indicated by a letter (x) at the end of the model name.
Fan type is indicated by a letter (y) at the end of the model name.
6. Models supplied with an optional gear drive may have heights up to
130 mm greater than shown.
7. All CXV-D models will be shipped in four sections: 1x lower, 1x fan and
2x coil sections. The heaviest section is the coil section. The weight is
shown for one coil section only.
8. The letter L at the end of the model number refers to the standard
Low Noise fan. W refers to the Whisper Quiet fan.
Model No.
CXV-D
Weight Dimensions
Air flow
(m
3
/s)
Fan
Motor
(kW)
Water
Flow
(l/s)
Pump
Motor
(kW)
R717
Charge
(kg)
Shipping
(kg)
Operating
(kg)
Heaviest
Section
(kg)
H
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
A
(mm)
CXV-D645L
CXV-D686L
CXV-D717L
CXV-D729L
CXV-D763L
CXV-D792L
13100
13175
13180
14435
14440
14540
18945
19015
19020
20380
20380
20480
3650
3650
3650
4280
4280
4280
5665
5665
5665
5665
5665
5665
3632
3632
3632
3632
3632
3632
7328
7328
7328
7328
7328
7328
3498
3498
3498
3498
3498
3498
79,4
87,6
94,6
86,6
93,5
99,5
22
30
37
30
37
45
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
298
298
298
354
354
354
CXV-D791L
CXV-D827L
CXV-D857L
CXV-D876L
CXV-D906L
CXV-D944L
15020
15030
15130
16515
16615
16660
22240
22245
22345
23855
23955
24000
4260
4260
4260
5005
5005
5005
5665
5665
5665
5665
5665
5665
4245
4245
4245
4245
4245
4245
8014
8014
8014
8014
8014
8014
4184
4184
4184
4184
4184
4184
101,1
109,9
117,0
107,6
114,6
124,7
30
37
45
37
45
55
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
113,6
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
(2x) 5,5
342
342
342
410
410
410
1. Refrigerant in ND100; 2. Refrigerant out ND100; 3. Make-Up ND40, Overflow ND80; 5. Drain ND50; 6. Access at both ends.
CXV - E 19
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Sound Attenuation CXV-D models
Remote Sump Data CXV-D models
Refer to the "Technical Resources" section "Selection of Remote Sump" for Remote Sump Data.
Model No.
CXV-D
Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
D Ht Both Intake Sides Discharge
645L - 792L 3510 6477 700 500
791L - 944L 4170 6477 850 600
1. Intake Attenuator; 2. Discharge Attenuator; W = Unit Width, see general Engineering data.
CXV - E 20
C
X
V
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Structural Support CXV-D Models
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Units with and without Sound Attenuation
Notes:
1. The recommended support arrangement for the units consists of
parallel I-beams extending the full length of the unit. Supports and
anchor bolts are to be designed and furnished by others.
2. All supporting beams are to be flush and level at top and must be
oriented relative to gage line as shown.
3. Recommended design loads for each unit support beam should
be 70% of the total unit operating weight applied as a uniform load
to each of the unit beams. Beams should be designed in
accordance with standard structural practice. For the maximum
allowable deflection of beams under the unit see table.
4. All mounting holes have a diameter of 22 mm at the locations
shown.
5. If vibration isolators are used, a rail or channel must be provided
between the unit (and optional attenuator) and the isolators to
provide continuous unit support. Additionally the support beams
must be designed to accommodate the overall length and
mounting hole location of the isolators that may differ from those
of the unit. Refer to vibration isolator drawings for these data.
Model
CXV-D
Max. Deflection
(mm)
Dimensions (mm)
No of 20 mm
Anchorbolts
A B C
645L- 792L 12 3558 3570 37 12
791L - 944L 12 4171 3913 37 12
1. Unit Outline; 2. Air Intake; 3 Mounting Holes
CXV - E 21
E
v
a
p
o
r
a
t
i
v
e
C
o
n
d
e
n
s
e
r
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications
General
A. General: Furnish and install, _____ factory assembled
evaporative condenser(s) of induced draft design, with single side air
entry and vertical air discharge. Overall dimensions shall not exceed
approximately _____ mm x _____ mm, with an overall height not
exceeding approximately _____mm. Operating weight shall not
exceed _____ kg. The evaporative condenser shall be Baltimore
Aircoil Model ____________.
(Alternate) General: Furnish and install, _____ factory assembled
evaporative condenser(s) of induced draft design, with dual side air
entry and vertical air discharge. Overall dimensions shall not exceed
approximately _____ mm x _____ mm, with and overall height not
exceeding approximately _____mm. Operating weight shall not
exceed _____ kg. The evaporative condenser shall be Baltimore
Aircoil Model ____________.
B. Capacity: The evaporative condenser(s) shall be warranted by the
manufacturer to have condensing capacity of _____ kW heat
rejection, operating with ____ refrigerant at ___C condensing
temperature and ___C entering wet-bulb temperature.
C. Warranty: The manufacturers standard equipment warranty shall
be for a period of one year from the date of startup or eighteen months
from the date of shipment, whichever ends first.
D. Quality Assurance: The manufacture shall have Management
System certified by an accredited registrar as complying with the
requirements of ISO-9001:2000 to ensure consistent quality of
products and services.
Products
1.0 Evaporative Condenser Materials and Components
1.1 Baltiplus Corrosion Resistant Construction: Unless otherwise
noted in this specification, all steel panels and structural elements
shall be constructed from heavy-gauge, Z600 hot-dip galvanized
steel, with all sheared edges given a protective coating of zinc-rich
compound and the exterior protected with the Baltiplus Corrosion
Protection.
(Alternate 1.1) Baltibond
Corrosion Protection System. The system shall consist of Z600 hot
dip galvanised steel prepared in a four-step (clean, pre-treat, rinse
and dry) process with an electrostatically sprayed, thermosetting
hybrid polymer fuse-bonded to the substrate during a thermally
activated curing stage monitored by a 23-step quality assurance
program.
Or for CXV-D models:
General: Casing panels shall be constructed of corrosion resistant,
fiberglass, reinforced polyester (FRP).
2.0 Coil Casing Assembly
The evaporative condenser shall include a coil casing section
consisting of a refrigerant condensing coil, a spray water distribution
system, drift eliminators, fan and drive system as indicated by the
manufacturer.
2.1. The refrigerant condensing coil shall be fabricated of all prime
surface steel at the manufacturers own facility, and hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication.
a. The refrigerant condensing coil shall be according to European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC, with design pressure of
23 bar.
b. The refrigerant condensing coil shall be tested at 34 bar air
pressure under water.
c. The refrigerant condensing coil shall be designed for low pressure
drop with sloping tubes for free drainage of liquid refrigerant.
2.2 Spray Water Distribution System: Water shall be distributed
evenly over the coil at a minimum flow rate sufficient to ensure
complete wetting of the coil at all times by large-diameter, non-clog,
360 plastic distribution nozzles spaced across the coil face area in
spray branches. Nozzles shall utilize a two-stage diffusion pattern to
provide overlapping, umbrella spray patterns that create multiple
intersection points with adjacent nozzles.
a. Nozzles and spray branches shall be observable and accessible for
cleaning from the outside of the evaporative condenser during
condenser operation without the removal of other components.
b. Spray branches and nozzles shall be held in place by snap-in
rubber grommets, allowing quick removal of individual nozzles or
complete branches for cleaning or flushing.
2.3. Removable drift eliminators shall be positioned to prevent
moisture from entering the air plenum and incorporate a minimum of
three (3) changes in air direction. The drift eliminators shall be
removable in easy to handle sections for quick access to the coil.
2.4. Fan(s) and Drive System: Fan(s) shall be driven by V-type belts.
a. Fan(s) shall be heavy-duty, axial flow low noise, with aluminium
alloy blades. Air shall discharge through a fan cylinder designed for
streamlined air entry and minimum fan blade tip clearance for
maximum fan efficiency.
(Alternate a) Fan(s) shall be of Whisper Quiet fan design for ultra
low sound consisting of:
i. multiblade aerofoil fan design constructed of fibreglass reinforced
plastic blades (for CXV-D models).
ii. specially shaped aluminium blades with end caps and flexible hub
connection (for CXV-models).
b. Fan(s) and shaft(s) shall be supported by heavy-duty, self-aligning,
grease-packed ball bearings with moisture-proof seals and integral
slinger rings, designed for a minimum L10 life of 40,000 hours.
c. Fan and motor sheaves shall be fabricated from corrosion resistant
materials.
d. Fan motor(s) shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) type,
suitable for ____ volt, ____ phase, ___ Hz electrical service and shall
be mounted on an easily adjusted, heavy-duty motor base.
e. The motor shall be furnished with double-sealed, permanently
lubricated bearings and special moisture protection on windings,
shafts and bearings.
f. Air plenum shall provide a minimum of 1220 mm clearance under
the motor base to provide comfortable working space for service
personnel.
g. Each fan is equipped with an independent motor and drive
assembly to allow independent operation of each fan.
3.0 Pan Assembly
The evaporative condenser shall include a pan assembly consisting
of cold water basin with pump assembly, heat transfer section for
spray water cooling with integral drift eliminators, combined inlet
shields and hinged access door.
3.1 The cold water basin shall be constructed of heavy-gauge steel
panels and structural members either protected by Baltiplus or
Baltibond
wet deck
surface with integral drift eliminators for CXV and BACrossII wet deck
surface with integral drift eliminators for CXV-D for cooling the spray
water leaving the coil to optimize the thermal performance of the
evaporative condenser.
a. The wet deck surface and integral drift eliminators shall be formed
from plastic material.
b. The wet deck surface and integral drift eliminators shall be
impervious to rot, decay, fungus, and biological attack.
3.4 Combined Inlet Shields: Combined inlet shields shall be
separate from the wet deck surface and removable to allow easy
access for inspection of the air/water interface at the air inlet side of
the equipment. Combined inlet shields shall prevent UV-light and
debris from entering the unit, as well as prevent water splash out
during fan cycling. They shall be constructed of maintenance free,
corrosion and UV resistant material.
3.5 Plenum Access: A large, hinged access door shall be provided
for access to the coil, drift eliminators and fan plenum section. The
water make-up valve, float ball and suction strainer shall be easily
accessible.
4.0 Optional Equipment Specifications
A. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with basin heaters to
prevent freezing of the recirculating water when the evaporative
condenser is idle.
1. The basin heaters shall be selected to maintain 4C basin water
temperature at 18C ambient temperature 16 km/h wind speed.
2. Basin heaters shall be electric immersion type controlled by a
remote thermostat with the sensing bulb located in the basin water.
3. Basin heaters shall be provided with a low water level cutout switch
to prevent heater operation unless the heater elements are
adequately submerged.
B. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with extended lubrication
lines with standard grease fittings for lubricating the fan shaft bearings
from the outside base of the condenser.
C. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with a factory assembled
field-installed external platform with an access ladder and handrails
to provide access to the top of the evaporative condenser.
1. Optional ladder with safety cage shall be available.
Or for CXV-D Models
C. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with factory assembled,
field installed perimeter safety railings and walking surface above coil
air intake to provide access to the top of the evaporative condenser.
D. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with a moveable ladder
with fixed ladder supports to provide access to the fan drive system
and coil assembly.
E. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with an internal walkway
at the access door to facilitate servicing the unit. (Standard on S1500
only).
F. Evaporative condenser shall be provided with a factory assembled
internal working platform with ladder to provide a permanent working
surface for maintenance personnel (CXV-193 and larger only).
For CXV-D models:
G. Evaporative condenser shall be supplied with a right angle gear
drive designed specifically for evaporative condenser service. All
gears shall have a minimum service factor of 2.0 based on design fan
horsepower. An oil level fill port and sight glass shall be located on the
gear drive to facilitate routine inspection and maintenance.
5.0 Sound
5.1 Sound Level: To maintain the quality of the local environment,
the maximum sound pressure levels (dB) measured 15 m from the
condenser operating at full fan speed shall not exceed the sound
levels detailed below.
Location 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB(A)
Discharge
Air Inlet
End
Back
(not on D-models)
Thermal Storage Products
TSU - F 1
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
TSU
Product Detail
ICE CHILLER Thermal Storage Products .......................................... F2
Benefits ........................................................................................................ F4
Proven Technology ..................................................................................... F7
Construction Details TSU-M - Internal Melt Application ..................... F9
Engineering Data TSU-M ........................................................................ F10
Engineering Specifications TSU-M ........................................................ F18
Construction Details TSU-C/D - External Melt Application ............... F19
Engineering Data TSU-C/D ..................................................................... F20
Engineering Specifications TSU-C/D ..................................................... F27
Engineering Considerations ICE CHILLER Products ..................... F28
TSU - F 2
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
ICE CHILLER Thermal Storage
Products
General Description
Cooling with ice thermal storage can be the most cost-effective, reliable system approach to
cooling offices, schools, hospitals, malls and other buildings, and provides a steady source of low
temperature fluids for process cooling applications. These systems are environmentally friendly
because they help lower energy consumption and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. With
thousands of successful installations worldwide, BAC is the global leader in the application of ice
thermal storage.
Key Features
Lowest first cost
Reduced energy cost
Variable capacity
Improved system reliability
Reduced maintenance
Environmentally friendly
Proven technology
TSU - F 3
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
TSU - F 4
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Benefits
Lowest First Cost
Systems with ice thermal storage can be installed
at the same or lower first cost than traditional
systems when designed with the colder supply
water available from ice. The savings that result
from the use of smaller chillers and cooling
towers, reduced pump and pipe sizes and less
connected horsepower, offset the cost of the ice
thermal storage equipment. Additional savings
can be found when using lower temperature air
distribution, which allows reduced ductwork and
fan sizes.
Smaller Chillers and Heat Rejection
Equipment: By designing the system around
24-hour per day chiller operation, the size of
the chillers and cooling towers or air-cooled
condensers required for an ice system is
significantly reduced, when compared to
conventional chillers and heat rejection
equipment sized for the instantaneous peak
load. A typical thermal storage design includes
chillers that provide 50 to 60% of the peak
cooling load. The balance of the cooling
requirement is provided from the ice storage
system.
Reduced Pump and Pipe Sizes: Pump and
pipe sizes are also reduced in a properly
designed ice storage system. Substantial
savings in the chilled water distribution loop are
realized when the system design incorporates
reduced flow rates that result from using a
larger temperature range in the water loop. Use
of a larger temperature range, for example
10C instead of the more traditional 5.5C
temperature range results in a reduction of pipe
size. Condenser water pipe sizes are reduced
due to lower flow requirements for the smaller
chiller. Pump savings due to reduced chilled
water and condenser water flow rates are also
realized.
Reduced Cooling Coil and Supply Air Fan Sizes: Cooling coils sized using lower supply
water temperatures and traditional supply air temperatures are generally smaller due to fewer
rows. The reduction in rows leads to lower supply fan kW.
TSU - F 5
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Reduced Air Handling Equipment: When the air distribution is designed with lower supply air
temperatures, the size of the ductwork, fans and fan motors are reduced.
Reduced Electrical Distribution: Smaller chillers, heat rejection equipment and pumps require
less horsepower than a traditional system, which results in smaller transformers, switchgear,
wire sizes and starter panels.
Reduced Generator Size: If a facility has a generator for daily or back-up power, the size of the
generator will be significantly reduced when the peak electrical load of the facility is reduced
using ice storage.
Reduced Energy Cost
An ice thermal storage system reduces peak demand, shifts energy usage to non-peak hours,
saves energy, and reduces energy costs.
Reduces Peak Demand and Shifts Energy
Usage: With less connected horsepower, ice
storage can lower peak electrical demand for
the HVAC or process cooling system by 50% or
more. Since most electrical rates include
demand charges during peak demand times
and/or higher day versus night kWh charges,
savings on electrical bills can be substantial. In
areas with real time pricing, where the electric
rate varies hour by hour based on the market
price of electricity, day to night kWh costs can
vary by 500 to 1000%. The use of electricity at
night versus peak daytime hours can lead to
large savings on energy bills.
Saves Energy: In addition, total annual kilowatt-hours used are less when the system is
designed taking advantage of the low supply water temperature available from the ice storage
system. Lower kWh consumption is possible for five reasons:
1. Although making ice requires more energy than producing chilled water, the efficiency penalty
is not as large since the ice is made at night when condensing temperatures are lower,
increasing the efficiency of the chiller.
2. Ice systems typically operate the chiller at full load. Chillers are inefficient when run with low
loads during the spring and fall. A typical chiller will operate at less than 30% capacity for half
the year.
3. Reduced pumping horsepower.
4. Reduced fan horsepower due to lower air pressure drop across the cooling coil. A higher
chilled water temperature differential across the cooling coil usually results in fewer rows and
therefore a lower pressure drop.
5. The ability to recover waste heat from the chiller for heating water both night and day.
Additional kWh savings are possible if the air distribution is designed to take advantage of the low
temperatures available from the ice storage system. As the electric industry continues to
deregulate, and time-of-use rates, real time pricing schedules and negotiated power prices
become standard, ice storage can provide even greater future savings in operating costs.
TSU - F 6
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Variable Capacity
The ice thermal storage system will maintain a
constant supply temperature regardless of the
variations in instantaneous cooling demand. The
flow and entering water temperature set the
instantaneous capacity.
Improved System Reliability
Ice storage systems provide the reliability
necessary to ensure air-conditioning is available.
With traditional systems, installing multiple
chillers provides redundancy. In the event of a
mechanical failure of one chiller, the second
chiller provides limited cooling capacity. The
maximum available cooling for the traditional
system would only be 50% on a design day.
Most ice storage systems utilize two chillers in
addition to the ice storage equipment. Two
chillers are designed to provide approximately
60% of the required cooling on a design day while
the ice storage provides the remaining 40% of the
cooling capacity. In the event only one chiller is
available to provide cooling during the day, up to
70% of the cooling capacity is available. The one
operable chiller provides 30% of the cooling
requirement while the ice provides up to 40%.
Based on typical HVAC load profiles and
ASHRAE weather data, 70% of the cooling
capacity would meet the total daily cooling requirements 85% of the time.
Reduced Maintenance
The ice thermal storage coils have no moving parts so very little maintenance is required. Because
the chillers, pumps and heat rejection equipment are smaller, ice storage systems will have less
maintenance than a traditional system. The ice thermal storage system also allows a chiller to
undergo routine maintenance during the day when the ice storage can handle the system load.
Environmentally Friendly
Reducing energy consumption and using electricity at night will reduce global warming. Electricity
generated at night generally has a lower heat rate (lower fuel use per power output), and therefore
lower carbon dioxide and greenhouse gas emissions resulting in less global warming. The
California Energy Commission concluded that the use of electricity at night created a 31%
reduction in air emissions over the use of electricity during the day.
With smaller chillers, an ice thermal storage system reduces the amount of refrigerant in a system.
Most refrigerants in use today are slated to be banned in the future under the Montreal Protocol
because they contribute to global warming. Using smaller amounts of refrigerant helps to save the
ozone and reduce global warming.
TSU - F 7
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Proven Technology
BAC has successfully applied ice thermal storage technology to thousands of installations
worldwide. BAC has the application and system experience to assist you in the design, installation
and operation of your ice storage system. B.A.C. has supplied ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage
Products for projects that range in size from 90 to 125,000 ton-hours (0,3 to 441,3 MWh).
Installations include office buildings, hospitals, manufacturing processes, schools, universities,
sports arenas, produce storage facilities, hotels and district cooling applications.
The ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Coils to meet project specific
requirements. BAC has done extensive research
and testing on the build and melt characteristics
of ice storage. This research and testing has
resulted in selection capabilities unmatched by
any other company in the industry.
BAC can predict the temperatures required on an
hour by hour basis for building ice on custom
coils, over a variety of conditions and build times.
The physical space available, load profile,
discharge temperatures, chiller capacity and operating sequences can be evaluated to find the
design that best meets the application.
The ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Coils are constructed of continuous 26,7 mm O.D. all prime
surface serpentine steel tubing. The coils are assembled in a structural steel frame designed to
support the weight of the coil stack with a full ice build. After fabrication the coils are tested for leaks
using 13 bar air pressure under water, then hot-dip galvanized for corrosion protection.
The coils are configured to provide countercurrent glycol flow in adjacent circuits for maximum
storage capacity.
Individual coils can be factory-assembled into modules of two (2) coils for optimization of transport
cost and reduction of site assembly time. Glycol manifolds are coated with zinc-rich, cold
galvanizing finish at the factory. Necessary support steel and lifting lugs are provided on the
modules to allow for lifting into and final positioning within the storage tank.
Load Profile
A daily load profile is the hourbyhour
representation of cooling loads for a 24hour
period. Most HVAC applications use a daily load
profile to determine the amount of storage
required. Some HVAC systems apply a weekly
load profile. For conventional airconditioning
systems, chillers are selected based on the peak
cooling load. For ice storage systems, the chillers
are selected based on the kWh of cooling
required and a defined operating strategy.
Thermal storage systems provide much flexibility
for varying operating strategies as long as the
total kWh selected are not exceeded. This is why an accurate load profile must be provided when
designing an ice storage system.
Load profiles take many different shapes based on the application. The figure above illustrates a
typical HVAC load profile for an office building with a 1750 kW peak cooling load and a 12hour
cooling requirement. The shape of this curve is representative of most HVAC applications. For
preliminary equipment selections, BAC's ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Unit Selection Program
can generate a similar load profile. Information required is the estimated building peak cooling load
and duration of the cooling load.
Installation of Coil Module
Typical HVAC Load Profile
TSU - F 12
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
The AirConditioning & Refrigeration Institute (ARI) has published Guideline T, "Specifying the
Thermal Performance of Cool Storage Equipment." The purpose of Guideline T is to establish the
minimum user specified data and supplier specified performance data. Design data provided by
the engineer includes: System Loads, Flow Rates and Temperatures.
Operating Strategies
Once the load profile is generated, the next step in selecting Thermal Storage equipment is to
define an operating strategy or in other words, determine the hours per day during which the glycol
chiller is allowed to operate.
Which operating strategy to use is dependent upon the load profile (application), the utility rate
structure, the energy cost and the equipment first cost. In other words, the economical balance
between the system installation and operating cost or the payback period must be calculated.
There are 2 different operating strategies, either full or partial storage.
Full Storage Systems store all the cooling capacity required during the off peak periods and
eliminate the need to operate the chiller(s) during the utility on-peak period. This strategy shifts the
largest amount of electrical demand and results in the lowest operating cost. However, the
equipment first cost is considerably higher than partial storage systems due to larger chiller and
storage requirement and full storage is therefore seldom used.
Partial Storage Systems require that the chiller(s) operate also during the on-peak period. The
partial storage system allowing the glycol chiller to run for 24 hours per day at its full capacity is
most commonly used as it results in the smallest chiller selection. In many cases, the smaller chiller
selection is the driving force for an ice storage system because of lower installed electrical kW,
smaller refrigerant charge, smaller cooling towers or other heat rejection equipment (lower noise),
smaller standby chillers (if required), lower capital and maintenance cost, ...
Other partial storage operating strategies stop the chiller a few hours per day when electricity cost
are high and/or where non-cooling electricity usage are important (so when the chiller operation
would increase the electrical demand). It is however important to know that the more hours the
chiller is stopped during the day, the larger its size will be. Furthermore, if the chiller is stopped
during the cooling period, the size of the storage equipment needs to be increased. If the chiller is
stopped during the non-cooling period, the ice build time is reduced and therefore lower glycol
temperatures are required and the chiller COP is reduced.
Besides determining when the chiller should run or be stopped, an other aspect of operating
strategy is if during melt-out, priority is given to the chiller or to the ice to cover the presented
cooling load.
In a chiller priority system the chiller always operates at full capacity. When the cooling load
exceeds the chiller performance, the excess is covered by the melting ice. A constant portion of
the load is covered by the chiller while the variation in load is covered by the ice.
In an ice priority system, a constant part of the load is covered by the ice, where the variation in
load is taken by the chiller. Because the chiller does not continuously operate at its maximum
capacity, it will be oversized versus the chiller priority system. Ice priority systems result in
oversized ice and chiller selections and are therefore seldom used.
Normal practice is that partial storage systems using chiller priority with 24h chiller operation are
most commonly used.
TSU - F 13
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Modes of Operation
The modular ICE CHILLER
Thermal
Storage Unit. During this operating mode, the
chiller's operating conditions are monitored and
the chiller is turned off when the minimum supply
glycol temperature off the chiller is reached.
Optionally, the ICE LOGIC Ice Quantity Meter is
available to control the chiller operation. The
figure illustrates typical chiller supply
temperatures for 8, 10 and 12 hour build cycles.
For a typical 10hour build time, the supply glycol
temperature is never lower than -5,5C. As the graph illustrates, for build times exceeding 10
hours, the minimum glycol temperature is greater than -5,5C. For build times less than 10 hours,
the minimum glycol temperature will be lower than -5,5C at the end of the build cycle. This
performance is based on a chiller flow rate associated with a 3C range. When a larger
temperature range is the basis of the chiller selection, the chiller supply temperatures will be lower
than shown in the figure above.
Ice Build with Cooling: When cooling loads exist during the ice build period, some of the cold
ethylene glycol used to build ice is diverted to the cooling load to provide the required cooling. The
amount of glycol diverted is determined by the building loop set point temperature. BAC
recommends that this mode of operation be applied on systems using primary/secondary pumping
(See further for system schematic). This reduces the possibility of damaging the cooling coil or
heat exchanger by pumping cold glycol, lower than 0C, to this equipment.
Cooling Ice only: In this operating mode the chiller is off. The warm return ethylene glycol
solution iscooled to the desired set point temperature by melting ice stored in the modular ICE
CHILLER
Thermal Storage Unit.
Cooling Chiller only: In this operating mode the chiller supplies all the building cooling
requirements. Glycol flow is diverted around the thermal storage equipment to allow the cold
supply glycol to flow directly to the cooling load. Temperature set points are maintained by the
chiller.
Cooling Ice with Chiller: In this operating mode, cooling is provided by the combined operation
of the chiller and thermal storage equipment. The glycol chiller pre-cools the warm return glycol.
The partially cooled glycol solution then passes through the ICE CHILLER
Corrosion Protection System.
4. Air Pump
Centrifugal regenerative blower for field mounting to
supply low pressure air for agitation of the water. Pump
is complete with a weather protected inlet air filter and
is suitable for outdoor applications.
5. Covers
Sectional insulated tank covers are proided with BACs
exclusive BALTIBOND
.
TSU - F 21
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
TSU-480C - TSU-1050C & TSU-790D - TSU-1440D
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
Model
TSU
Op.
Weight
(kg)
Sh. Weight
(kg)
Air Pump
(kW)
Water
Volume
(l)
Pull Down
Volume
(l)
Coil
Volume
(l)
R-717
Charge
(kg)
Water Conn.
In ND
(mm)
Water
Conn.
Out ND
(mm)
H
(mm)
H
1
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
TSU-480C 42180 8945 1,5 31610 833 1529 660 150+2x80 150 2160 2360 6096 2982
TSU-590C 50260 10355 3,0 38000 1022 1784 770 150+2x80 150 2160 2360 7290 2982
TSU-700C 58450 11670 3,0 44670 1173 2067 892 150+2x80 150 2160 2360 8509 2982
TSU-800C 67195 13620 3,0 51140 1363 2322 1002 200+2x80 200 2160 2360 9703 2982
TSU-910C 75365 14985 3,0 57610 1514 2605 1125 200+2x80 200 2160 2360 10922 2982
TSU-1050C 87805 17210 3,0 67300 1779 3115 1345 200+2x80 200 2160 2360 12725 2982
TSU-790D 68450 13790 3,0 51860 1510 2750 1187 200+2x80 200 2415 2757 7290 3582
TSU-940D 79380 15470 3,0 60570 1630 3115 1345 200+2x80 200 2415 2757 8509 3582
TSU-1080D 91270 17920 3,0 69650 1780 3455 1492 200+2x80 200 2415 2757 9703 3582
TSU-1220D 102970 19550 4,0 78360 1890 3795 1638 200+2x80 200 2415 2757 10922 3582
TSU-1440D 118940 22090 4,0 91230 2230 4330 1869 200+2x80 200 2415 2757 12725 3582
1. Coil Connections; 2. Make-up ND50; 3. Overflow ND50; 4. Water Out; 5. Water In; 6. Drain ND50; 7. ICE LOGIC
.
TSU - F 22
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
TSC-95C - TSC-1050C & TSC-790D - TSC-1440D
REMARK: Do not use for construction. Refer to factory certified dimensions & weights. This brochure includes data
current at time of publication, which should be reconfirmed at the time of purchase. In the interest of product
improvement, specifications, weights and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Up-to-date engineering
data and more can be found at www.BaltimoreAircoil.com.
General Notes
1. All dimensions are in mm. Weights are in kg.
2. Unit should be continuously supported on a flat levelsurface.
3. All connections are threaded
4. H
1
= installed height. Coils are capped for shipping and storage.
Add 75 mm for shipping height.
5. Refrigerant charge listed is operating charge for pump re-
circulated bottom feed. For other feed systems, consult your BAC
Balticare Representative.
Model
TSC
No Coils
Data Per Coil
Sh. Weight
(kg)
Coil Volume
(l)
R-717 Charge
(kg)
H
(mm)
H
1
(mm)
L
(mm)
W
(mm)
TSC-95C
TSC-115C
TSC-120C
TSC-145C
TSC-170C
TSC-200C
TSC-225C
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1065
1205
1315
1500
1635
1950
2135
297
340
368
453
510
566
651
128
147
159
196
220
244
281
1912
1912
1912
1912
1912
1912
1912
2260
2260
2260
2260
2260
2260
2260
2654
3258
2654
3258
3861
4464
5070
1055
1055
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
TSC-185C
TSC-230C
TSC-270C
TSC-310C
TSC-350C
2
2
2
2
2
1065
1205
1340
1590
1725
297
340
410
453
510
128
147
177
196
220
1912
1912
1912
1912
1912
2260
2260
2260
2260
2260
2654
3258
3861
4464
5070
1055
1055
1055
1055
1055
TSC-290C
TSC-340C
TSC-400C
TSC-450C
2
2
2
2
1500
1635
1950
2135
453
510
566
651
196
220
244
281
1912
1912
1912
1912
2260
2260
2260
2260
3258
3861
4464
5070
1350
1350
1350
1350
TSC-480C
TSC-590C
TSC-700C
TSC-800C
TSC-910C
TSC-1050C
4
4
4
4
4
6
1365
1545
1680
2000
2180
1680
380
462
519
574
660
520
164
199
224
248
285
225
1912
1912
1912
1912
1912
1912
2260
2260
2260
2260
2260
2260
2721
3327
3928
4534
5137
4030
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
TSU-790D
TSU-940D
TSU-1080D
TSU-1220D
TSU-1440D
4
4
4
4
4
2065
2315
2720
2950
3310
687
779
864
950
1084
297
336
373
410
468
2102
2102
2102
2102
2102
2448
2448
2448
2448
2448
3327
3931
4534
5140
6045
1645
1645
1645
1645
1645
TSU - F 23
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Custom Coils for External Melt
Application (TSU-C/D)
BAC will manufacture custom ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Coils to meet project specific
requirements. B.A.C. has done extensive
research and testing on the build and melt
characteristics of ice storage. This research and
testing has resulted in selection capabilities
unmatched by any other company in the industry.
BAC can predict the temperatures required on an
hour by hour basis for building ice on custom
coils, over a variety of conditions and build times.
The physical space available, load profile,
discharge temperatures, chiller capacity and
operating sequences can be evaluated to find the design that best meets the application.
The ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Coils are constructed of continuous 26,7 mm O.D. all prime
surface serpentine steel tubing. The coils are assembled in a structural steel frame designed to
support the weight of the coil stack with a full ice build for glycol (ammonia) application. After
fabrication the coils are tested for leaks using 15 bar (31bar) air pressure under water, then hot-
dip galvanized for corrosion protection.
The coils are configured to provide countercurrent glycol flow in adjacent circuits for maximum
storage capacity.
Individual coils can be factory-assembled into modules of two (2) coils for optimization of transport
cost and reduction of site assembly time. Glycol manifolds are coated with zinc-rich, cold
galvanizing finish at the factory. Necessary support steel and lifting lugs are provided on the
modules to allow for lifting into and final positioning within the storage tank.
Modes of Operation
The ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Unit operates in two main operating modes or cycles. A
possible combination of these cycles of operation provides the flexibility to meet the daily HVAC or
cooling requirements. Long periods of simultaneously circulating glycol or ammonia through the
coil tubes and circulating water through the ICE CHILLER
Thermal
Storage Unit. The below table illustrates typical temperatures for 8, 10, 12 and 14 hour build cycles.
At the start of the ice build cycle, the temperature will be higher while at the end of the ice build
cycle, the temperatures will be lower.
Coils installed in Concrete Tank
TSU - F 24
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Unit Capacity & Average Temperatures for Glycol Applications
Model
TSU
Nominal
Capacity
(kWh)
Flow
(l/s)
p
Build Time (h) & Glycol Temperature (C)
8 h 10 h 12 h 14 h
In Out In Out In Out In Out
TSU-95C 325 2,4 111,0 -8,8 -4,4 -6,9 -3,4 -5,8 -2,8 -5,0 -2,4
TSU-115C 404 2,4 130,3 -9,4 -3,8 -7,4 -2,9 -6,2 -2,4 -5,3 -2,1
TSU-120C 422 2,8 100,7 -9,0 -4,2 -7,1 -3,2 -5,9 -2,7 -5,1 -2,3
TSU-145C 510 2,8 117,9 -9,5 -3,7 -7,5 -2,8 -6,3 -2,4 -5,4 -2,1
TSU-170C 597 2,8 134,4 -10,0 -3,2 -7,9 -2,4 -6,6 -2,1 -5,7 -1,8
TSU-200C 703 5,4 71,0 -8,7 -4,4 -6,9 -3,4 -5,8 -2,9 -4,9 -2,5
TSU-225C 791 5,4 78,6 -9,0 -4,2 -7,1 -3,2 -5,9 -2,7 -5,1 -2,3
TSU-185C 650 4,7 111,0 -8,8 -4,4 -6,9 -3,4 -5,8 -2,8 -5,0 -2,4
TSU-230C 808 4,7 130,3 -9,4 -3,8 -7,4 -2,9 -6,2 -2,4 -5,3 -2,1
TSU-270C 949 8,5 63,4 -8,4 -4,8 -9,6 -3,7 -5,6 -3,1 -4,8 -2,7
TSU-310C 1090 8,5 71,0 -8,7 -4,5 -6,8 -3,5 -5,7 -2,9 -4,9 -2,5
TSU-350C 1230 8,5 78,6 -8,9 -4,3 -7,1 -3,3 -5,9 -2,8 -5,1 -2,4
TSU-290C 1020 5,7 117,9 -9,5 -3,7 -7,5 -2,8 -6,3 -2,4 -5,4 -2,1
TSU-340C 1195 5,7 134,4 -10,0 -3,2 -7,9 -2,4 -6,6 -2,1 -5,7 -1,8
TSU-400C 1406 10,7 71,0 -8,7 -4,4 -6,9 -3,4 -5,8 -2,9 -4,9 -2,5
TSU-450C 1582 10,7 78,6 -9,0 -4,2 -7,1 -3,2 -5,9 -2,7 -5,1 -2,3
TSU-480C 1688 10,7 93,8 -9,2 -4,1 -7,2 -3,1 -6,1 -2,6 -5,2 -2,2
TSU-590C 2075 10,7 108,2 -9,7 -3,4 -7,7 -2,6 -6,4 -2,2 -5,6 -1,9
TSU-700C 2462 11,4 135,8 -10,1 -3,1 -8,0 -2,3 -6,7 -1,9 -5,8 -1,7
TSU-800C 2813 21,5 72,4 -8,7 -4,4 -6,9 -3,4 -5,8 -2,9 -4,9 -2,5
TSU-910C 3200 21,5 79,3 -9,0 -4,2 -7,1 -3,2 -5,9 -2,7 -5,1 -2,3
TSU-1050C 3692 17,0 137,3 -10,1 -3,1 -8,0 -2,4 -6,7 -2,0 -5,7 -1,7
TSU-790D 2776 27,4 73,1 -8,2 -5,0 -6,5 -3,8 -5,4 -3,2 -4,7 -2,8
TSU-940D 3303 27,4 82,7 -8,6 -4,6 -6,7 -3,6 -5,7 -3,0 -4,8 -2,6
TSU-1080D 3795 27,4 91,7 -8,8 -4,4 -7,0 -3,3 -5,8 -2,8 -5,0 -2,4
TSU-1220D 4287 27,4 100,7 -9,1 -4,1 -7,2 -3,1 -6,1 -2,6 -5,2 -2,3
TSU-1440D 5060 27,4 114,5 -9,6 -3,6 -7,6 -2,7 -6,3 -2,3 -5,4 -2,0
Unit Capacity for Ammonia Applications
Model
TSU
Pump Recirculation
Refrigerant Feed
Gravity Flooded
Refrigerant Feed
Model
TSU
Pump Recirculation
Refrigerant Feed
Gravity Flooded
Refrigerant Feed
Nominal Capacity
kWh
Nominal Capacity
kWh
Nominal Capacity
kWh
Nominal Capacity
kWh
TSU-95C 318 270 TSU-400C 1322 1164
TSU-115C 389 331 TSU-450C 1470 1322
TSU-120C 404 344 TSU-480C 1656 1417
TSU-145C 492 425 TSU-590C 2015 1737
TSU-170C 580 506 TSU-700C 2356 2018
TSU-200C 661 583 TSU-800C 2683 2366
TSU-225C 735 668 TSU-910C 2982 2680
TSU - F 25
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Ice Melt: In this operation cycle the warm return water is cooled by direct contact between the
water and the ice, melting ice stored in the modular ICE CHILLER
tank and is
cooled by direct contact with the melting ice. During this cycle, the tank water is also agitated to
enhance heat transfer and typically provides a constant supply water temperature of 1C or less.
TSU-185C 636 545 TSU-1050C 3576 3116
TSU-230C 777 668 TSU-790D 2704 2281
TSU-270C 910 798 TSU-940D 3170 2692
TSU-310C 1037 921 TSU-1080D 3615 3073
TSU-350C 1157 1041 TSU-1220D 4040 N.A.
TSU-290C 984 847 TSU-1440D 4639 N.A.
TSU-340C 1160 1009
Temperatures for Ammonia Applications
Design Evaporator Temperature
Pump Recirculation Refrigerant Feed
C
Design Evaporator Temperature
Gravity Flooded Refrigerant Feed
C
Storage
Factor
Build Time
Storage
Factor
Build Time
8 h 10 h 12 h 14 8 h 10 h 12 h 14 h
1,00 -6,1 -4,9 -4,1 -3,6 1,00 -5,8 -4,8 -4,2 -3,7
1,05 -5,7 -4,6 -3,9 -3;4 1,05 -5,5 -4,6 -3,9 -3,5
1,10 -5,3 -4,3 -3,7 -3,2 1,10 -5,2 -4,3 -3,7 -3,3
1,15 -5,0 -4,1 -3,5 -3,0 1,15 -5,0 -4,1 -3,6 -3,2
1,20 -4,7 -3,9 -3,3 -2,8 1,20 -4,7 -3,9 -3,4 -3,0
1,25 -4,5 -3,7 -3,1 -2,7 1,25 -4,5 -3,8 -3,3 -2,9
1,30 -4,3 -3,5 -3,0 -2,6 1,30 -4,3 -3,6 -3,1 -2,8
Unit Capacity for Ammonia Applications
Model
TSU
Pump Recirculation
Refrigerant Feed
Gravity Flooded
Refrigerant Feed
Model
TSU
Pump Recirculation
Refrigerant Feed
Gravity Flooded
Refrigerant Feed
Nominal Capacity
kWh
Nominal Capacity
kWh
Nominal Capacity
kWh
Nominal Capacity
kWh
TSU - F 26
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
For a closed chilled water loop see figure below. With this system, warm return water from the load
is pumped through a heat exchanger and cooled by the ice water circuit from the ICE CHILLER
Unit.
For more detailed information on the design and operation of BAC ICE CHILLER
Thermal
Storage Units, contact your local BAC Balticare Representative.
Basic Scheme External Melt Scheme with Intermediate Heat Exchanger
TSU - F 27
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Engineering Specifications TSU-C/D
1.0 ICE CHIILLER Thermal Storage Unit
1.1 General: The ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Unit shall be
Baltimore Aircoil Model TSU-______. Overall unit dimensions shall
not exceed approximately _____ m by ____ m with an overall height
not exceeding ____ m. The operating weight shall not exceed
_______ kg
1.2 Thermal Capacity: Each unit shall have a thermal storage
capacity of _______ kWh operating with ___________refrigerant and
a build time of _______ hours at a _______ C nominal evaporator
temperature.
1.3 Experience: Manufacturers submitting bids for equipment in this
specification shall have a standard production model of this unit,
which has been manufactured and in use for 3 years. The
manufacturer shall offer evidence that the equipment has been
successfully operated on a minimum of 50 applications, which utilize
the same refrigerant and meltout arrangement specified.
2.0 Construction Details
2.1 Tank: The tank shall be constructed of heavy gauge Z600 hot-
dip galvanized steel and reinforced with full-length structural angles
underneath and on all four sides. All seams shall be welded to ensure
watertight cnostruction. A zinc rich coating shall be applied to all
exposed edges and welds.
2.2 Coil: The coil shall be constructed of prime surface serpentine
steel circuits and shall be tested at 15 bar (31 bar for ammonia
applications) air pressure under water. The coil shall be encased in a
steel frame and the entire assembly hot-dip galvanised after
fabrication. For use with Ammonia refrigerant, the coil shall be
complete with purge connection for oil maintenance.
2.3 Insulation: Extruded polystyrene insulation shall be provided
between the tank and the exterior panels. The insulation shall be 80
mm thick on the tank sides and ends, and 50 mm thick on the bottom
and inside the covers.
2.4 Exterior Panels: Exterior panels sealed at all seams provide a
complete vapour barrier and protect the insulation. They are
furnished with B.A.C.s exclusive BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection
System.
2.5 Covers: The ICE CHILLER
Corrosion Protection System.
2.6 Ice Thickness Control: A sensing element shall be mounted on
the coil to deactivate the refrigerant compressor at a full build of ice.
2.7 Air pump: Centrifugal regenerative blower for field mounting to
supply low pressure air for agitation of the water. Pump is complete
with a weather protected inlet air filter, and is suitable for outdoor
applications.
2.8 Air Distributor: Low pressure air shall be distributed through
multiple perforated PVC pipes.
TSU - F 28
T
S
U
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Engineering Considerations ICE
CHILLER Products
Installation
ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Coil layout guidelines. Buoyancy forces due to the density difference between ice
and water require that holddown angles be installed on top of the coils. This will prohibit the coils
from floating in an overcharged condition. For large projects that require ICE CHILLER
Coils,
contact the local BAC Balticare Representative for selection and dimensional information.
Unit Layout Guidelines
Recommended Overhead Clearance Coil Layout Guidelines
TSU - F 29
T
h
e
r
m
a
l
S
t
o
r
a
g
e
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
... because temperature matters
Unit Piping
Piping to the ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Unit, the water treatment should not alter the freeze point of water.
Winterization
Precautions must be taken to protect the unit and associated piping from freezing conditions. Heat
tracing and insulation should be installed on all piping connected to the unit. The sight tube,
operating controls and optional inventory sensor must be heat traced and insulated. It is not
necessary to drain the unit during cold weather. Freezing of the water contained in the unit during
the winter will not damage the coil or unit.
Pressure Drop
The ICE CHILLER
Thermal Storage Unit is designed for low pressure drop. Pressure drops, for
different flow rates and for alternative fluids, are available by contacting the local BAC Balticare
Representative.
Warranties
Please refer to the Limitation of Warranties applicable to and in effect at the time of the sale/
purchase of these products.
Property of Water Range
PH 7.0 to 9.0
(1)
Hardness as CaCO
3
30 to 50 mg/l
Alkalinity as CaCO
3
500 mg/l max.
Total Dissolved Solids 1000 mg/l max.
Chlorides 125 mg/l max. as Cl
Sulfates 125 mg/l max.
Conductivity 700 S/cm at 0C
(2)
TR - G 1
Content
Connection Guide ...................................................................................... G2
Materials of Construction ......................................................................... G4
Selection Software ..................................................................................... G5
The Value of Standards ............................................................................. G6
Selection of Remote Sump Tank .............................................................. G7
Filtration Options .................................................................................... G13
Sound Reduction Options ....................................................................... G14
Fundamentals of Sound .......................................................................... G22
Motor Controls ........................................................................................ G47
Plume Abatement .................................................................................... G49
Formulas .................................................................................................. G51
Replacement Parts .................................................................................. G52
Application Guidelines ............................................................................ G53
Glossary .................................................................................................... G61
TR - G 2
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Connection Guide
Introduction
A summary of connection types used by BAC follows. The specific connection type for a particular BAC model can be
found on the unit print drawing or from your local BAC Balticare Representative.
Beveled for Welding (BFW)
This connection type is a pipe stub with a beveled edge. The bevel allows for easier welding in the field and a full
penetration weld. Weld materials fill the trimmed area between two beveled edges as shown here.
Grooved to suit a Mechanical Coupling
This connection type is a pipe stub with a groove to accept a mechanical pipe coupler.
Stud Circle Flat Face Flange
This connection type is a standard bolt and hole pattern at the point of connection to mate to a EN 1092 Flat Face Flange.
When BAC provides this connection type to a hot water basin, mounting bolts are permanently fastened to the
connection plate. All other components (piping, nuts, bolts, flatwashers, etc.) are provided by others unless otherwise
specified.
Male Pipe Thread (MPT)
This connection type is a threaded pipe stub connection designed to mate with a Female Pipe Thread (FPT) fitting.
Side Outlet Depressed Sump Box
This option is offered to facilitate horizontal piping below the cold water basin of a unit, and is a compact alternative to
using an elbow in the piping arrangement, saving installation time and cost.
Weld Details
1. Weld Material, 2. Beveled edge of field-installed piping, 3.Beveled
Edge of BAC connection.
Grooved Connection
1. Grooved for mechanical coupling
TR - G 3
... because temperature matters
Flat Face Flange pattern is shown on this cold
water basin panel to suit a EN 1092 flange
Flat Fac Flange pattern with mounting bolts is
shown on this hot water basin panel to suit a
EN 1092 flange
MPT Connection Side Outlet Depressed Sump Box
TR - G 4
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Materials of Construction
Introduction
Operating environment, desired life expectancy, and budget all influence the materials of construction selected for an
evaporative cooling unit. BAC products are available in a variety of materials and BAC designs focus on long life and
easy maintenance. As a result, owners can maximize their operational goals.
This section describes the materials of construction available for BAC products. To determine the best material options
for your specific project, consult your local BAC Balticare Representative.
Galvanized Steel
Z-600 hot-dip galvanized steel is the heaviest commercially available galvanized steel, universally recognized for its
strength and corrosion resistance. To assure long-life, Z-600 hot-dip galvanized steel is used as the base material for all
steel products and parts, and all exposed cut edges are protected with a zinc-rich coating after fabrication. With good
maintenance and proper water treatment, Z-600 galvanized steel products will provide excellent service life under the
operating conditions normally encountered in comfort cooling and industrial applications.
Baltibond Corrosion Protection
System
The BALTIBOND
Corrosion Protection or constructed from stainless steel, provided the requirements specified
above are followed.
4. A competent water treatment company should be consulted for the specific water treatment programme to be
applied. Next to the supply of dosing and control equipment and chemicals, the programme should include regular
monthly monitoring of the circulating and make up water quality.
Control of Biological Contamination & Water Treatment
The growth of algae, slimes and other micro-organisms, if uncontrolled, will reduce heat transfer efficiency and may
contribute to the growth of potentially harmful micro-organisms, such as Legionella, in the recirculating water.
Accordingly a treatment programme specifically designed to address biological control should be initiated when the
system is first filled with water and administered on a regular base thereafter in accordance with any regulations
(national, regional) that may exist or in accordance with accepted codes of good practice, such as EUROVENT 9 - 5 & 6.
It is strongly recommended to monitor the bacteriological contamination of the recirculating water on a regular base (for
example TAB test with dip slides on a weekly base) and record all results. (TAB = Total Aerobic Bacteria)
In addition to the control of biological contamination, which must be done at all times, it may be necessary to install a
water treatment regime to prevent the formation of scale or corrosion.
To ensure recognition of any risk and the implementation of protective measures, it is recommended to conduct a risk
analysis by a specialised risk assessor. It is also recommended to develop an operations plan for the cooling system.
Location
Each cooling tower, evaporative cooler or condenser should be located and positioned to prevent the introduction of the
discharge air and the associated drift, which may contain contaminants, such as Legionella, into the ventilation systems
or open windows of buildings. To yield full thermal performance, equipment location must be chosen in a way that there
is unimpeded supply of air to the entire air intake surface. In addition access to all maintenance and inspection points
must be safeguarded. Located in enclosures or close to adjoining building walls, the top of the equipment must be level
with or higher than the top of the adjacent walls in order to reduce the possibility of recirculating warm and humid
discharge air back to the air intake(s).
To accomplish this, in some cases the equipment needs to be installed elevated or equipped with discharge hoods or
ductwork. In case of elevated locations (more than 300 mm above surface), it is necessary to equip VX equipment with
a solid bottom panel, to provide protection from moving parts and ensure that the air is drawn horizontally into the cooling
tower and not from the bottom (bottom air entry can be considered but requires reduction of nominal fan speed to avoid
fan motor overload).
For indoor locations with forced draught centrifugal fan equipment it is common practice to apply ductwork to air entry
and discharge. Such ductwork must be designed for even air distribution and minimum pressure drop and access doors
must be foreseen to allow access to the interior of the duct and from there to the equipment itself. In some cases the
equipment room may be used as an intake plenum, in which case only discharge ductwork is needed. In such cases
measures need be taken to prevent erratic air distribution when switching fans and/or cells, for example by the sue of
positive closure discharge dampers.
TR - G 58
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Piping
Gener al
Piping should be sized and installed in accordance with rules of good practice. Dead legs and stagnant water conditions
in the piping should be avoided. If more than one inlet connection is required, balancing valves should be installed to
properly balance the flow to each inlet. Depending on the design of the hydraulic circuit, it may also be necessary to
install balancing valves at the suction connections of the towers. The use of shut off valves is dictated by the necessity
to (automatically or manually) isolate cells or towers for capacity control or servicing. If the equipment is installed on
vibration rails, compensators must be installed in the connecting piping.
Open Cool i ng Tow er s
Since the sump capacity of any cooling tower is limited, it can only accumulate a certain amount of water draining from
the system into the tower, when the circulating water pump stops. Therefore install all heat exchangers and as much
tower piping as possible below the operating level of the tower. The BAC Balticare Representative can advise the
available sump capacity for system drainage for a given model and operating conditions.
When multiple cooling towers are used on a common system, install equalising lines between the sumps of the towers
to ensure a balanced water level. Standard equalising lines are designed for a maximum water level differential (between
sumps) of 25 mm and an equalising flow of 15% of the circulating water flow for the largest tower in the system based
on the cooling towers being located in close proximity to each other. The connecting pipework (by others) should
maintain the same diameter along their length for proper operation. If hydraulical isolation of individual cells is desired a
shut off valve in the equalising piping is needed.
Cl osed Ci r c ui t Cool i ng Tow er s
Fluid piping should allow flexibility for expansion and contraction between component parts of the system. All fluid piping
should be supported separately from the equipment by pipe hangers or supports. In a completely closed system, an
expansion tank should be installed for purging air from the system and to allow for fluid expansion.
A vacuum breaker or air vent at the high point and a drain at the low point should be installed in the piping system to
permit complete drainage of coils.
Evapor at i ve Condenser s
Refer to BAC Evaporative Condenser Engineering Manual. For installations with high pressure float valves, ensure that
liquid piping from condenser outlet to valve(s) is sized for low refrigerant velocity (0.5 m/s) so that valve operation is not
disturbed by flash gas and that an equalising line is properly installed. For systems with thermosyphon oil cooling ensure
adequate equalising and sufficient height difference between condenser(s) and receiver.
Capacity Control
Gener al
Most cooling systems are subject to substantial changes in heat load and ambient temperature conditions during the
operating season. The capacity of evaporative cooling equipment varies greatly as the wet bulb temperature changes.
To prevent freezing inside the equipment at subfreezing ambient conditions and/or when a reasonably constant
temperature of the cooling water is desired, some form of capacity control is required. The preferred control method is
to reduce the airflow through the equipment to adapt to heat load and ambient conditions. It is not recommended to
modulate the water (fluid) flow for capacity control reasons. Regardless the type of capacity control chosen, it is
necessary to start the circulating pump first and the fan motor(s) thereafter. At the same time prolonged operation of
circulating pump(s) only without fan(s) running should be avoided during subfreezing conditions.
Fan Cycl i ng
Fan cycling is the simplest method of capacity control, suitable for multiple cell installations. The number of control steps
available for fan cycling is generally determined by the number of fan motors, however on certain models two fan motors
must be cycled simultaneously to prevent erratic air distribution. Consult your BAC Balticare Representative for more
details. The more steps for fan cycling are available the better the control of the cooling water temperature is. Rapid on-
off cycling can cause the fan motor to overheat. It is recommended that controls be set to allow a maximum of 6 on-off
starts per hour.
TR - G 59
... because temperature matters
Mul t i -Speed Dr i ves
The number of steps available for fan cycling can be increased by using multi-speed drives. These can either be
accomplished by the installation of multi-speed motors (Dahlander/Two speed separate windings) or the BALTIGUARD
Drive system.
At half of the nominal fan speed (Dahlander/two speed, separate windings) the nominal capacity of the tower will be appr.
60%; at 2/3 of nominal fan speed (BALTIGUARD) the nominal capacity of the tower will be appr. 70%. When switching
from high to low speed a time interval of min. 15 s must be foreseen, before the low speed drive can be activated to allow
the fan(s) to slow down.
Modul at i ng Capac i t y Cont r ol
Modulating capacity control is recommended when a closer control of the cooling water temperature or condensing
pressure is desired and in particular if free cooling at subfreezing ambient conditions is anticipated. Modulating capacity
control can be accomplished with modulating fan discharge dampers (only for centrifugal fan models). Fan discharge
dampers vary the airflow to match tower capacity to system heat load and ambient condition. The damper motors switch
to low speed and shut off the fan motor(s) when the dampers reach minimum position.
Alternatively to modulating fan dampers variable speed control devices can be installed. In such cases steps must be
taken to avoid operating at or near the fans critical speed. Consult with the B.A.C. representative or B.A.C. Balticare
of any application utilising variable speed control to determine whether any critical speed may be encountered and
whether the anticipated fan motor selection is suitable for this application. Fan motors must be equipped with PTC
Thermistors for these applications to facilitate protection against motor overheating. Where isolation rails are used in
conjunction with variable fan speed controls, the isolation springing should be high deflection, and the minimum
continuous running fan speed limited to avoid resonant frequencies with the springing.
Modulating capacity control is the best way to closely control cooling water temperatures, however even with modulating
control some variation of the cooling water temperature or condensing pressure will occur, in particular at light heat load
or start-up conditions. In applications with open or closed circuit cooling towers where such variations cannot be tolerated
(start-up of absorption chiller) an additional bypass to stabilise temperatures must be foreseen.
Winter Safety
Gener al
Unless the system is shut down and drained during winter, measures must be taken to protect the system from freezing
during the winter during operation and standstill. Freeze protection during operation is achieved by selecting an
adequate method of capacity control. For reasonably constant loads and cooling water or condensing temperatures
above 15C step control is usually adequate. For variable loads, in particular when combined with free cooling
modulating controls are recommended.
When the equipment is shut down in freezing weather the sump water must be protected. This can be accomplished by
the installation of electrical sump heaters. The standard electric heaters are sized to maintain +4C sump water when
the ambient temperature drops to 18C.
All sump heaters have six power terminals and one earth terminal. Heaters with six terminals can be wired in Star for
400 Volt; 3 phase supply; or in Delta for 230 Volt, 3 phase supply. All heaters can alternatively be used with a 230 Volt
single-phase supply, if the terminals are wired in parallel. Sump heaters need to be sized to maintain a sump water
temperature of 4C at an applicable ambient temperature (for example: - 18C). They are installed together with a heater
thermostat and a low level cut out switch to prevent heater operation, when the sump is drained.
Draining the sump water into a separate tank installed in an area protected from freezing, is an alternative to auxiliary
heating of the integral sump. Remote sump sizing must include the water draining from external piping, the tower water
distribution system, water suspended in the fill pack or coil and sump as well as water needed to prevent vortexing inside
the remote sump.
In addition to the sump all exposed water piping, pumps and make up lines, including mechanical or electrical valves
that do not drain at shutdown should be traced with electrical heater tape and insulated.
Cl osed Ci r c ui t CT Coi l Pr ot ec t i on
Where the system will permit, the best protection against coil freeze up is the use of an anti- freeze solution. When this
is not possible the system must be designed to meet the following conditions:
TR - G 60
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
1. Maintain the recommended minimum flow (refer to BAC product engineering data) through the coil(s) at all times.
2. Maintain a heat load on the circulating fluid, so that the temperature of the fluid leaving the cooler will not fall below
10C. (refer to "Engineering Data" for heat loss data)
Draining of the coil(s) is not recommended as a normal method of freeze protection unless the coil(s) are constructed
from stainless steel or are of the cleanable type. For standard hot dip galvanised coils draining is acceptable as an
emergency method of freeze protection. For this purpose an automatic drain valve and air vent needs to be installed to
drain the coil(s) if flow stops or the fluid temperature drops below 10C when the ambient temperature is below freezing.
Plume and Plume Abatement
At the air discharge water droplets can be formed by condensation of warm humid discharge air by contact with the
colder ambient air upon leaving the equipment. This type of condensation is the visible plume that often can be seen
rising above evaporative cooling equipment during the winter season. The water vapour caused by condensation
contains droplets of pure water and is harmless. In some instances visible plumes are considered as a hinder, in which
case measures must be taken to minimise or eliminate the occurrence of plume. Consult the BAC Balticare
Representative for such requests.
Electrical Wiring & Controls
Wiring to electrical components should be via suitable weatherproof cable glands. Unused electrical entries should be
plugged with a weatherproof plug.
Where motors are supplied with PTC Thermistors they should be incorporated into the control circuit as means of motor
overheat protection. Also the use of anti condensing heaters is strongly recommended.
Starting of Fan Motors
Fan motors up to 5.5 kW nameplate rating can normally be started direct on line 5DOL). Above these ratings the motor
should be started using star delta starter and not DOL. DOL starting imposes requires high starting currents and imposes
a large staring torque on the fan drives. Alternatively a soft starter or a variable speed frequency drive may be used
instead of star delta starting, according to the project requirements. In all cases, precautions should be incorporated into
the control circuitry to protect against motor overloading.
Sound
BAC provides sound data as sound pressure levels in 5 directions, in 1,5 m and 15 m from the equipment as well as
overall sound power levels. Data are available for equipment with and without sound attenuation and should be the base
of any acoustical specification and guarantee for outdoor locations. For indoor locations it is preferable to specify partial
sound power levels for the air intake and discharge areas. For sound pressure specifications relating to indoor locations,
consult the BAC Balticare Representative.
Maintenance
Regular maintenance in accordance with the appropriate BAC Operating and Maintenance instructions and with
prevailing local regulations and Codes is essential for the efficient and safe operation of a cooling tower, evaporative
cooler or condenser. A programme of regular maintenance and inspections needs to be set up, executed and
documented. For proper execution of maintenance and inspections and depending on site conditions ladders, safety
cages, stairways, access platforms with handrails and toe-boards must be installed as appropriate for the safety and
convenience of authorised service and maintenance personnel.
Safety
For safe operation of unshielded equipment exposed to wind speeds above 120 km/h installed at a height above 30 m
from the ground, contact your local BAC Balticare Representative.
For safe operation of equipment installed in moderate and high hazard areas contact your local BAC Balticare
representative.
TR - G 61
... because temperature matters
Glossary
Air-Conditioning: The control of the temperature, humidity, cleanliness (quality) and movement of air in a confined space.
Airflow: The distribution or movement of air through a space; generally measured in cubic feet per minute (cfm).
Air Handling Unit: The central component of an HVAC system that distributes conditioned air to a variety of destinations.
Algae: Small, usually aquatic plants which require light to grow.
Ambient: The surrounding atmosphere.
Ambient Air Temperature: The surrounding air temperature, such as the outdoor air temperature around a building.
Approach: The difference between the leaving water temperature and the ambient wet-bulb temperature.
ARI: Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute.
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers.
Biocide: A chemical capable of killing living microorganisms.
Biological Contaminants: Living organisms or agents derived from those organisms (e.g., viruses, bacteria, fungi, and mammal and bird
antigens) that can be inhaled and can cause many types of health effects including allergicreactions, respiratory disorders, hypersensitivity
diseases, and infectious diseases. Also referred to as "microbiologicals" or "microbials.
Bleed: Water deliberately removed from evaporative cooling equipment to control the concentration of dissolved solids in the system.
BTU (British Thermal Unit): The amount of heat required to raise or lower the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit.
BTUH (British Thermal Unit Per Hour): Establishes a time reference to BTU input or output. A BTUH is how many BTUs are used per hour.
Bypass Connection: An inlet connection provided in the cold water basin of a unit that allows recirculating water to bypass the heat transfer
media when system pumps are running but evaporative cooling is not required.
Capacity: The output or producing ability of a piece of equipment. Evaporative cooling capacity is normally referred to in BTUHs; the capacity
at a standard set of conditions is often referred to as "tons of cooling."
Carryover: Excessive drift.
Casing: The exterior panels of an evaporative cooling unit.
Cell: The smallest subdivision of a unit that can operate independently; often multiple cells are used together to form one unit of a greater
capacity.
Celsius (C): A temperature scale based on the freezing (0 degrees) and boiling (100 degrees) points of water. Also known as Centigrade.
Conversion to Fahrenheit: F = 1.8(C) + 32
CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute): A standard measurement of airflow that indicates how many cubic feet of air pass by a stationary point in one
minute.
Charge: The amount of refrigerant placed in a refrigeration unit.
Chiller: A device that produces chilled water to provide cooling for HVAC and industrial applications.
Circulating Water: See Reirculating Water.
Cogeneration: Simultaneous production of two or more forms of useable energy from a single fuel source, e.g., heat energy and electrical or
mechanical power, in the same facility.
Coil: A tube, often including fins, through which gas or liquid is passed, exchanging thermal energy with air or water surrounding it for heating
or cooling purposes.
Cold Water Basin: The collection pan that houses the cold water processed by the evaporative cooling unit.
Combined Flow: The use of both a coil and wet deck surface for heat transfer in a closed circuit cooling tower or evaporative condeser.
Combined flow designs reduce evaporation in the coil section.
Comfort Cooling: The process of treating air to control its temperature to meet the comfort requirements of the occupants of a conditioned
space.
TR - G 62
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Commercial: The commercial sector is generally defined as non-manufacturing business establishments; this classification includes hotels,
restaurants, office buildings, retail stores, educational institutions, etc.
Commissioning: The start-up of a building that includes testing and adjusting HVAC, electrical, plumbing, and other systems to assure proper
functioning and adherence to design criteria. Commissioning also includes the instruction of operating personnel in the use of the building
systems.
Compressor: The pump of a refrigerating mechanism that draws a low-pressure gas on the cooling side of the refrigerant cycle and compresses
the gas into the high-pressure side of the cycle. The compressor maintains adequate pressure to cause refrigerant to flow in sufficient quantities
to meet the cooling requirements of the system.
Conduction: The transfer of heat through a solid material. The transfer of heat energy through a material (solid, liquid or gas) by the motion of
adjacent atoms and molecules without gross displacement of the particles.
Contactor: A switch used to make or break an electrical circuit.
Convection: The movement of heat by airflow.
Cooling Tower: Any device in which atmospheric air and water are distributed together over a heat transfer medium in order to lower the
temperature of the water through evaporative cooling.
Corrosion Inhibitors: Chemicals designed to prevent or slow down the waterside corrosion of metals.
Counterflow: The flow of air is in the opposite direction of the flow of water.
CRN: Canadian Registration Number. This registration is sometimes required on coils shipping into Canada.
Crossflow: The flow of air is at a right angle to the direction of the flow of water.
CTI: The Cooling Technology Institute (CTI) is an organization comprised of evaporative cooling equipment owners and operators, equipment
manufacturers and component suppliers, and water treatment specialists, which advocates and promotes the use of environmentally responsible
Evaporative Heat Transfer Systems for the benefit of the public through education, research, standards development, government relations, and
technical information exchange.
Current: A flow of electrons in an electrical conductor. The strength or rate of flow is generally measured in amperes.
Damper: A series of movable plates that can be opened or closed to control the flow of air through a space.
Decibel (dB): A decibel describes the relative loudness of a sound. The dimensionless unit of measurement used in noise control.
Logarithmically expresses the ratio of sound level to a reference level (0.0002 microbar).
Defrost Cycle: The process of removing ice or frost buildup from a piece of equipment during the winter months.
Delta (or Delta T or T): A difference in temperature. Often used in the context of the difference between the entering water temperature and
the leaving water temperature of a cooling tower or closed circuit cooling tower.
Demand (Utility): The rate at which electricity or natural gas is delivered to or by a system, part of a system, or piece of equipment at a given
instant or averaged over any designated period of time. Electricity demand is typically expressed in kilowatts.
Demand Billing: The electric capacity requirement for which a large user pays. It may be based on the customer's peak demand during the
contract year, on a previous maximum or on an agreed minimum. Measured in kilowatts.
Demand Charge: The sum to be paid by a large electricity consumer for its peak usage level.
Design Conditions: A set of conditions specific to the local climate and expected building usage, used to calculate the cooling load for a
building.
Dewpoint: The temperature at which air becomes saturated with water and begins to condense, forming a dew.
Drift: The water aerosol carried out of an evaporative cooling unit by the discharge air.
Drift eliminator: A component of most evaporative cooling units that is designed to remove water droplets from the air passing through it.
Dry-Bulb Temperature (DB): The temperature measured by a standard thermometer. A measure of the sensible temperature of air.
Efficiency: The ratio of the output to the input of any system.
Electric Resistance Heater: A device that produces heat through electric resistance.
Energy: Broadly defined, energy is the capability of doing work. In the electric power industry, energy is more narrowly defined as electricity
supplied over time, generally expressed in kilowatts.
TR - G 63
... because temperature matters
Energy Management System: A control system designed to regulate the energy consumption of a building by controlling the operation of
energy consuming systems, such as the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), lighting and water heating systems.
Entering Water Temperature (EWT): The temperature of the fluid as it returns to the evaporative cooling equipment from the system heat
source.
Enthalpy: A thermodynamic function of a system, equivalent to the sum of the internal energy of the system plus the product of its volume
multiplied by the pressure exerted on it by its surroundings.
Equalizer Connection: A connection in the cold water basin of a unit that allows piping (the piping is called an equalizer line) to be run from
that unit to the basin of another unit; equalizer lines serve to correct any difference in water levels that may develop during operation.
Evaporative Cooling: Cooling accomplished through the exchange of latent heat in the form of evaporation.
External Pulldown Volume: The volume of water in any external piping and heat exchangers that will drain back to the unit when the pump is
shut down, which is equal to the total pulldown volume minus the water suspended in the unit and its distribution system.
External Static Pressure: The pressure imposed on cooling equipment by external sources such as ductwork and sound attenuation.
Fahrenheit (F): A temperature scale in which the boiling point of water is 212 degrees and its freezing point is 32 degrees at normal atmospheric
pressure. Conversion to Celsius: C = (F 32)/1.8
Fan, Axial: An air moving device consisting of impeller blades oriented around a central shaft, usually with an aerodynamic inlet housing; axial
fans typically move large volumes of air at low pressures as compared to centrifugal fans for the same fan horsepower.
Fan, Centrifugal: An air moving device consisting of impeller blades radially oriented parallel to a central shaft, bound with a rim and hub;
centrifugal fans typically move smaller volumes of air than axial fans but at a higher pressure for the same fan horsepower.
Fan Coil Unit: A terminal unit that delivers conditioned air directly to the occupied space.
Fan Deck: The finished surface adjacent to a horizontally mounted axial fan, sometimes used as a working surface to perform maintenance
when the proper safety precautions are taken (handrails, ladder, etc.).
Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP): A non-corrosive composite material comprised of a plastic resin matrix, glass fiber reinforcement and
other additives.
Fill: See Wet Deck.
Filtration: The process of separating solids from a liquid by means of a filter media through which only the liquid passes.
Flume Box: A short channel that runs between two cooling towers, allowing water to flow from one cold water basin to another; a flume box
serves to correct any difference in water levels that may develop during operation and generally has a greater capacity of water flow than an
equalizer line.
Forced Draft: Refers to the location of the fan(s) on evaporative cooling equipment. On forced draft equipment, the fans are located at the air
inlets to force or push air through the unit.
Fouling: Organic growth or other deposits on heat transfer surfaces causing loss of efficiency.
Frequency: The number of cycles that an alternating current moves through in each second. Standard electric utility frequency in the United
States is 60 cycles per second (60 Hertz).
Full Load Amps (FLA): The current draw of a motor under full load.
GPM: Measure of liquid flow rate (Gallons Per Minute). Typically based on U.S. gallons, sometimes clarified as USGPM.
Heat Exchanger: A device for the transfer of heat energy from the source to the conveying medium.
Heat Pump: A device that is capable of both heating and cooling space, depending on user comfort requirements. Heat pumps are generally
individually controlled and therefore a heat pump in one room may be heating, while a heat pump in an adjacent room may be cooling.
Heat Transfer: Moving heat from one location to another.
Hertz (Hz): A unit of electromagnetic wave frequency that is equal to one cycle per second.
Hot Water Basin: The collection pan that houses the hot water in an evaporative cooling unit with a gravity distribution system.
Humidity: The amount of moisture in the air.
HVAC: Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning.
TR - G 64
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Induced Draft: Refers to the location of the fan(s) on evaporative cooling equipment. On induced draft equipment, the fans are located on the
air discharge side of the equipment to induce air through the unit. Industrial: The industrial sector is generally defined as manufacturing,
construction, mining, agriculture, fishing, and forestry establishments (Standard Industrial Classification [SIC] codes 01-39).
Interference: The reintroduction of warm discharge air from one evaporative cooling unit into the air inlet of an adjacent unit. To avoid
interference, layout guidelines provided by equipment manufacturers should be closely followed.
Inverter: See Variable Frequency Drive.
ISO 9001: 2000: A comprehensive, internationally recognized standard which is concerned with all aspects of quality management in the design,
engineering and manufacturing of a product.
Latent Heat: Heat that causes a change in state when added or removed, but does not cause a change in temperature. For example, heat that
evaporates a substance from a liquid to a vapor but does not increase its temperature.
Leaving Water Temperature (LWT): The temperature of the fluid as it leaves the evaporative cooling equipment to return to the system heat
source.
Legionella: A genus of bacteria; most species of this genus are capable of causing disease in humans. LD, Legionnaires Disease, is a
pneumonia like disease caused by one genus of Legionella
Life-Cycle Cost: The amount of money required to own, operate and maintain a piece of equipment over its useful life.
Load: The demand for services or performance made on a machine or system, i.e. amount of heat rejection required by the evaporative cooling
equipment
Louver: A series of sloping vanes that allow the entrance of air but prevent the escape of water droplets.
Make-Up Water: Water added to the recirculating water to compensate for losses from evaporation and bleed.
NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturing Association.
Nozzle: A device used for regulating and directing the flow of a fluid.
Parts Per Million (PPM): A unit which represents a comparison of mass to mass, volume to volume, mass to volume, etc.; commonly used to
represent the concentration of dissolved solids in the recirculating water of evaporative cooling equipment.
Plenum: The open area of a crossflow evaporative cooling unit through which air is pulled before being discharged to the atmosphere.
Plume: Saturated discharge air that forms a visible cloud over evaporative cooling equipment under certain temperature and humidity
conditions.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): A polymer of vinyl chloride often used for a heat transfer media surface (film) and piping on factory-assembled
evaporative cooling equipment.
Power: The rate at which energy is transferred. Electricity for use as energy is also referred to as power.
Preventive Maintenance: Regular maintenance implemented to reduce the possibility of sudden or unexpected equipment failures.
Pulldown: Water that collects in the cold water basin of a unit when the system pumps shut off.
Pump, Spray: A water moving device on a closed circuit cooling tower or evaporative condenser for transporting the spray water from the basin
to the water distribution system in order to wet the heat transfer surface.
Pump, System: A flow moving device for transporting the fluid to be cooled (water in a cooling tower; water, glycol, or other fluid in the case of
a closed circuit cooling tower) to the tower and back to the system in a continuous loop.
Range: The difference between the entering water temperature and leaving water temperature of an evaporative cooling unit. See also Delta.
Recirculating Water: The water being circulated over the coil or fill in an evaporative cooling unit.
Recirculation: Situation that occurs when the warm discharge air flows back into the air inlets of the evaporative cooling equipment. To avoid
recirculation, layout guidelines provided by equipment manufacturers should be closely followed.
Reclaiming: Processing or returning used refrigerant to the manufacturer or processor for disposal or reuse.
Refrigerant: A chemical that condenses from a vapor to liquid and, in the process, decreases in temperature.
Refrigerant Charge: The amount of refrigerant in a system.
Retrofit: Broad term that applies to any change after the original purchase, such as adding equipment or accessories to an existing installation.
TR - G 65
... because temperature matters
Saturation Temperature: Also referred to as the boiling point or the condensing temperature. This is the temperature at which a refrigerant will
change state from a liquid to a vapor or vice versa.
Scale: The accumulation of solids from the minerals contained in water, most often referred to as hardness deposits, i.e. calcium and
magnesium.
Scale Inhibitor: Chemical added to water to inhibit formation of scale.
Sensible Heat: Heat that causes a change in temperature when added or removed, but does not cause a change in state.
Separator: A device which uses centrifugal force to separate particles from a suspension; used to remove sediment from evaporative cooling
systems.
Setpoint: The temperature to which a thermostat is set to result in a desired heated space temperature.
Sound Attenuator: Component used on the air inlet or air discharge of an evaporative cooling unit to reduce airborne noise.
Specific Heat: In English units, the quantity of heat, in BTU, needed to raise the temperature of one pound of material one degree Fahrenheit.
Strainer: A filter used to remove large, suspended solids from a liquid.
Subcooled Liquid: Liquid refrigerant that is cooled below its saturation temperature.
Suction Connection: The outlet connection through which leaving water is pumped back to the chiller.
Sump: The cold water basin of the evaporative cooling equipment.
Superheated Vapor: Refrigerant vapor that is heated above its saturation temperature.
Thermal (Energy) Storage: A technology that lowers the amount of electricity needed for comfort conditioning during utility peak load periods.
A buildings thermal energy storage system might, for example, use off-peak power to make ice at night, then use the ice for cooling during the
day.
Thermostat: A temperature control device that consists of a series of sensors and relays that monitor and control the functions of a heating and
cooling system.
Total Pulldown Volume: The sum of the water suspended within the unit and its distribution system during operation, plus the water in any
external piping and heat exchangers draining back to the unit when the pump is shut down.
Valve: Any device used to control the flow of a fluid through piping.
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD): An electronic device that controls the speed of a motor by controlling the frequency of the voltage supplied
to that motor. Also known as an inverter.
Wet-Bulb Temperature (WB): The temperature at which water, by evaporating into air, can bring the air to saturation at the same temperature.
Wet Deck: A heat transfer surface where air and water interface; also known as fill.
Bal t i mor e Ai r c oi l
Baltimore Aircoil International nv, 2009
All rights reserved by Baltimore Aircoil International nv
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form or by any means whether
graphic, electronic or mechanical; including photocopying, recording or any other information storage system,
without the prior written permission from Baltimore Aircoil International nv
This edition of the EU - Product and Application Handbook was published in Belgium by
Baltimore Aircoil International nv
Industriepark, Zone A, B-2220 Heist-op-den-Berg
Baltimore Aircoil International N.V. has used all reasonable efforts to ensure the data and information contained
in this book are as accurate and up to date as possible at the time of publication. However, they make no
representation that it is absolutely accurate or complete. Errors and omissions can occasionally occur. Baltimore
Aircoil International N.V. does not accept responsibility, and expressly disclaim any liability to any party, for any
loss or damage, financial or otherwise, caused by any errors or omissions in this edition of the EU - Product and
Application Handbook, whether they result from negligence or any other cause.
... because temperature matters
Baltimore Aircoil International nv,Industriepark, 2220 Heist-op-den-Berg, Belgium
info@baltimoreaircoil.be - www.BaltimoreAircoil.com